ME C-15 3 and 4

Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education

Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore
Course Title: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Course Code:
Scheme (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 Total Contact Hours: 52
15ME31T
Type of Course: Lectures, Self Core/ Elective:
Credit :04
Study & Quiz Core
CIE- 25 Marks SEE-100 Marks
Prerequisites: Knowledge of basic mathematics and Science.
Course Objectives: It aims at enabling the student to understand & analyze various types of
loads, stresses & strains along with main causes of failure of machine parts.
1. The subject is pre-requisite for understanding principles of Machine design.

2. Understanding mechanical properties of materials will help in selecting the suitable
materials for various engineering applications
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
CL Linked Teaching Hrs
Course Outcome PO
Understand and distinguish the

behavior of simple load carrying 14
CO1 members subjected to an axial, shear R/U/A 1,2,3,9
and thermal Loading.
Interpret the Variation of moment of
inertia for different Mechanical 10
R/U/A 1,2,4,9
CO2 Engineering Sections such as fly
wheel
Draw and Compare the shear force
and bending moment diagram on R/U/A 1,2,4,9 12
CO3 beams under varying load conditions.
Assess Bending and shear stresses in

CO4 beams subjected to different loadings R/U/A 1,2 07
for different machine parts
Differentiate in strain energy stored in
C05 a body when the load is suddenly U/A 1,2 03
applied and gradually applied
Design simple solid and hallow shaft
for power transmission keeping view
R/A 1,2,6 06
of Environmental and sustainability
C06
aspects
Total sessions 52
Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX
Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
STRENGTH OF
MATERIALS 3 3 1 3 - 1 - - 3 -
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.

Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.
COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE

Unit Hour Questions to be Marks weightage
No Unit Name set for weightage (%)
SEE
R U A
1
SIMPLE STRESSES AND 14 05 05 20 30 21
STRAINS
2
MOMENT OF INERTIA 10 05 05 20 30 21
3
SHEAR FORCE AND 12 05 05 20 30 21
BENDING MOMENT
4
THEORY OF SIMPLE 07 05 05 20 30 21
BENDING
5
STRAIN ENERGY AND 03 - 05 05 10 06
IMPACT LOADING
6
TORSION OF CIRCULAR 06 05 -- 10 15 10
SHAFT
Total 52 25 25 90 145 100
UNITI: SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS 14 Hrs
Simple stresses & strains viz. tensile, compressive, Shear, Crushing, Thermal stresses, &
corresponding strains,Hook’s Law –Problems on Direct Stress & Linear Strain- Stress- Strain
curve for Ductile material and Brittle material with all parameters.- factor of Safety. Elastic
Constants - Lateral Strain ,Poisson’s ratio, Bulk Modulus, Shear Modulus ,Volumetric Strain-
Relation between elastic constants- Problems on elastic constants. Hoop stress-Longitudinal
Stress in thin cylindrical & spherical shells subjected to internal pressure.-Problems on thin
cylindrical shells.
UNITII: MOMENT OF INERTIA 10Hrs
Centre of Gravity, Moment of Inertia & its Importance -Parallel & Perpendicular Axis
Theorem-C.G of Rectangle, Triangle, Circle, Semi-circle, Trapezium, Cone-Problems on
2

finding CG of T-Section, I-Section, L-Section, Channel-Section. Moment of Inertia of solid
&Hollow sections like Rectangle, Triangle, Circle- Moment of Inertia about C.G for I
section, T section. L-section and Channel Section.
UNTIII: SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT DIAGRAMS 12Hrs

Definition - Shear Force and Bending Moment –Types of beams, types of load acting on
beams ,Sagging & Hogging Bending Moment and its importance –sign convention to draw
SFD and BMD- Concept of Maximum bending moment, Point of Contra flexure & its
importance-Drawing S.F & B.M Diagram for Cantilever, Simply Supported Beams
subjected to Point Load and U.D.L
UNIT IV:THEORY OF SIMPLEBENDING 07Hrs
Introduction, assumptions in theory of simple bending.-Bending stress, relation between

bending stress & radius of curvature (without proof).-Position of neutral axis, moment of
resistance-Bending equation (without proof)-Modulus of section for rectangular, hollow
rectangular and hollow circular sections-Beams of uniform Strength-problems
UNIT V: STRAIN ENERGY AND IMPACT LOADING 03Hrs
Introduction -Strain Energy-Types of loading-Sudden, Gradual & Impact Load-resilience,

proof resilience and modulus of resilience-Equation for strain energy stored in a body when
the load is gradually applied and suddenly applied – problems.
UNIT VI: TORSION OF CIRCULAR SHAFT 06Hrs
Introductionto Torsion , Angle of Twist , Polar Moment of Inertia , Torsion equation-

(without proof)-Assumptions in theory of Torsion -Power Transmitted by a shaft, axle of
solid and hollow sections subjected to Torsion - Comparison between Solid and Hollow
Shafts subjected to pure torsion- Problems. (No problem on composite and non homogeneous
shaft)
® TEXT BOOKS
1. Ramamurtham. S., “Strength of Materials”, 14th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
2011
2. Khurmi R S, “Applied Mechanics and Strength of Materials”, 5 Edition, S.Chandand
company
REFERENCES
1. Popov E.P, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2002.
2. Nash W.A, “Theory and problems in Strength of Materials”, Schaum Outline Series,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1995.

3. Kazimi S.M.A, “Solid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi,
2003.
4. Ryder G.H, “Strength of Materials”, 3rd Edition, Macmillan India Limited, 2002.
5. Bansal R. K, “Strength of Materials”, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2012.
6. Timoshenko S.P, “Elements of Strength of Materials”, Tata McGraw-Hill, Delhi,
LIST OF SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

1. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/.../IIT.../lecture%2023%20and%2024htm
2. www.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shear_and_moment_diagram
3. www.freestudy.co.uk/mech%20prin%20h2/stress.pdf
4. www.engineerstudent.co.uk/stress_and_strain.html
5. https://www.iit.edu/arc/workshops/pdfs/Moment_Inertia.pdf
SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITYS
Note: The following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 5 marks (Any
one).
1. Each student should do any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the course and before conduction, get it approved from concerned
Teacher and HOD.
2. Each student should conduct different activity and no repeating should occur
1 Calculate Moment of Inertia of Fly Wheel of engine present in your laboratory

2 Market Survey specific to properties of Various type of Materials used in Mechanical
Engineering and make report
3 Compare the strength of solid shaft with that of hallow shaft for same power
transmission for an automobile and make report
Course Delivery:
∑ The course will be delivered through lectures and Power point presentations/ Video.

∑ MODEL OF RUBRICS /CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY
RUBRICS FOR ACTIVITY( 5 Marks)
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary Student

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Collects very Collect much Collects Collects a Ex:
Does not collect
limited information; some basic great deal of
Collection any information
information; but very information; information; 4
of data relating to the
some relate to limited relate most refer to all refer to
topic
the topic to the topic the topic the topic
Does not perform Performs all
Fulfill Performs very Performs
any duties Performs very duties of
team’s roles little duties but nearly all 5
assigned to the little duties assigned
& duties unreliable. duties
team role team roles
Rarely does Usually does Always does

Normally
Shares Always relies on the assigned the assigned the assigned 3
does the
work others to do the work; often work; rarely work without
assigned
equally work needs needs having to be
work
reminding reminding reminded.
Usually does Talks good;

Is always talking; Listens, but
Listen to most of the but never Listens and 2
never allows sometimes
other Team talking; rarely show interest speaks a fair
anyone else to talk too
mates allows others in listening amount
speak much
to speak others
Average / Total marks=(4+5+3+2)/4=14/4=3.5=4

Note: This is only an example. Appropriate rubrics/criteria may be devised by the concerned faculty
(Course Coordinator) for assessing the given activity.
Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:
What To When/Where Max Evidence Course outcomes
who (Frequency in Marks collected
m the course)
Direct CIE IA Three IA tests
Assessment (Average of
20 Blue books
three tests will be
1,2,3,4,5,6
computed)
Student activities Report/Log of
05
activity
SEE End End of the course Answer scripts
100 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam at BTE
Indirect Student Middle of the
Feedback 1 & 2,3 Delivery
Assessment Feedback on course
forms of course
course
End of End of the course 1,2,3,4,5,6
Course Effectiveness of
Survey Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit.

Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks and should be assessed on RUBRICS
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions &
Assessment Methods.
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Strength of Materials
I/II SEM
Ex: I test/6 th weak of
20
sem 10-11 Am Course code:15ME31T
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__
CO’s:____
Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).
MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Ex: I test/6 th weak of III SEM Strength of Materials

20
sem 10-11 Am
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15ME31T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1, Co: 1,2,3.9
Note: Answer all questions
Question
Question CL CO PO
no
1 Explain linear and lateral strain 3 MARKS 1 1,2,

3,9
U
2 A bar of 30mm diameter is subjected to an axial pull of 80KN. The A 1 1,2,

measured extension is 0.1 mm on a gauge length of 200mm and the 3,9
change in diameter is 0.004mm. Calculate the poison’s ratio and the
values of young’s Modulus, bulk modulus and Modulus of rigidity.
7 MARKS
3 A mild steel bar of 15mm diameter was subjected to tensile test. The A 1 1,2,
test bar was found to yield at a load of 90KN and it attains maximum
6

load of 180KN and ultimately fails at a load of 67.5 KN. Determine 3,9
the following: tensile stress at the yield point, ultimate stress and
stress at the breaking point, if the diameter of the neck is 7.5mm.
OR
A bar of steel 1m long 50mm wide and 10mm thickness is subjected

to an axial load of 10KN in the direction of its length. Find the
changes in length, width, thickness and volume.10 MARKS
MODEL QUESTION PAPER (SEE)

Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
III Semester
Course title: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
(Answer any 6 questions from part A and Any 7 from Part B)
PART-A(Each questions carries 5 marks)

1. Define bulk Modulus and Shear Modulus
2. Explain thermal stress and Shear Modulus
3. State Parallel and perpendicular axis theorem
4. Locate CG for Triangle Rectangle, Circle, Semi-circle, Trapezium, Cone with the
help of plain figure
5. Define Shear force and Bending Moment in beams
6. Explain Point of Contra flexure in a beam
7. List the aassumptions in theory of simple bending
8. Explain Beams of Uniform Strength
9. Explain Strain energy and Resilience
PART-B(Each questions carries 10 marks)

1. A steel rod 30mm x 12.5mm and 500mm long is subjected to a axial pull of 75KN.
Determine the changes in length, width and thickness and volume of bar. If young’s
modulus is 200KN/mm2.
2. A bar of 30mm diameter is subjected to an axial pull of 80KN. The measured
extension is 0.1 mm on a gauge length of 200mm and the change in diameter is
0.004mm. calculate the poisson’s ratio and the values of young’s Modulus, bulk
modulus and Modulus of rigidity.
3. An I section consists of top flange 100 X 30 mm, bottom flange 200 X 40 mm and
web 180 X 20 mm. Find the M.I. about an axis passing through C.G. parallel to the
base.
7

4. Calculate M.I. of an angle section 100 X 80 X 10 mm about an axis passing through
the centroid and parallel to shorter leg.
5. A cantilever of length 3 m carries a uniformly distributed load of 1.5 KN/m for entire
length and a point load of 2 KN at a distance of 1 m from the free end. Draw the
shear force and the bending moment diagrams for the beam.
6. A simply supported beam of length 5 m carries point loads of 2 KN and 4 KN and 5
KN at a distance of 1 m, 3 m and 4 m from left support. Draw S.F. and B.M. diagrams
for the beam.
7. A steel plate is bent into a circular arc of radius 10m.The plate is 100mm wide and
15mm thick, assuming the value of E=2X105 N/mm2.Find the maximum stress
induced in the plate and value of bending moment which produced this stress.
8. A simply supported wooden beam of span 1.3 m is carrying a central point load of 40
KN. If the allowable bending stress in the timber is taken as 8 N/mm2, find the
breadth and depth of the timber. Take b=0.6d.
9. (a).List the assumptions made in theory of Torsion -5M
b)An axial pull of 25KN is suddenly applied on a steel rod of 3 m long and 900mm2 in
cross-sectional area. Calculate the strain energy stored in the rod. Take young’s modulus
is 2x105 N/mm2. –5M
10. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 80KW at 160 rpm. The permissible shear
stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds the mean
torque by 20% more than mean torque. The angle of twist is not to exceed 10 in a
length of 20 times the diameter of the shaft. The valve of rigidity modulus is 0.
8x105 N/mm2.
MODEL QUESTION BANK

III Semester
Course title: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
CO I:Understand and distinguish the behavior of simple load carrying members

subjected to an axial, shear and thermal Loading.
LEVEL: REMEMBER QUESTIONS
1. Define Poisson’s ratio and Modulus of Rigidity

2. Define bulk Modulus and Shear Modulus
3. Describe maximum stress and factor of safety
LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING QUESTIONS
4. Explain linear and lateral strain

5. Explain thermal stress and volumetric strain
6. Explain Hoop’s stress and longitudinal stress in thin cylindrical shells
7. Explain thermal stress and Shear Modulus
LEVEL: APPLICATION QUESTIONS
8. Relate between elastic constants

9.Draw stress strain diagram for Ductile materials with all parameters
10.Draw stress strain diagram for Brittle materials with all parameters
11..A load of 5KN is to be raised with the help of a steel wire. Find the diameter of the
steel wire, if the stress is not to exceed 100MPa.
12.A tensile test is performed on a brass specimen 10mm in diameter using a gauge
length of 50mm. When applying axial tensile load of 25KN, it was observed that the
distance between the gauge marks increase by 0.152mm, calculate modulus of elasticity
of brass.
13.A punch with a diameter 20mm is used to punch a hole in an aluminium plate of
thickness 4mm .If the ultimate shear stress for the aluminium is 275MPa, what force P is
required to punch through the plate.
14.The following data pertains to a tension test conducted in laboratory:
i. Diameter of the specimen = 15mm

ii. Length of the specimen = 200mm
iii. Extension under a load of 10 KN=0.035mm
iv. Load at yield point = 110KN
v. Maximum load = 190 KN
vi. Length of the specimen after failure = 255mm
vii. Neck diameter = 12.25mm
Determine: i) Young’s modulus, ii) Yield stress iii) Ultimate stress, iv) Percentage
elongation, v) percentage reduction in area, vi) safe stress adopting factor of safety of
1.5.
15.A rod of diameter 15mm and 50mm long is subjected to tensile load of 25KN. The
modulus of elasticity for steel rod may be taken as 200 KN/mm2. Find stress, strain and
elongation of the bar due to applied load.
16.A rod of cross sectional area 15mm x 15mm and 1m long is subjected to a
compressive load of 22.5KN. calculate the stress and decrease in length if young’s
modulus is 200GN/m2.
17.A load of 4KN is to be raised with the help of a steel wire. The permissible tensile
stress should not exceed 70N/mm2. What is the minimum diameter of wire required?
What will be extension for 3.5m length of wire? Assume young’s modulus is 196.2
2
GN/m .
18.A mild steel bar of 15mm diameter was subjected to tensile test. The test bar was
found to yield at a load of 90KN and it attains maximum load of 180KN and ultimately
fails at a load of 67.5 KN. Determine the following: tensile stress at the yield point,
ultimate stress and stress at the breaking point, if the diameter of the neck is 7.5mm.
19.The following data pertains to a tension test conducted in laboratory:

i. Diameter of the specimen = 20mm
ii. Gauge Length of the specimen = 100mm
iii. Final length=130mm
iv. Final diameter =11.5mm
v. Yield Load = 92KN
vi. Ultimate load = 165 KN
Determine: i) Yield stress ii) Ultimate tensile stress, iii) Percentage elongation,
iv) percentage reduction in area.
20.A hallow steel column has to carry an axial load of 3MN. If the external diameter of
the column is 300mm, find the internal diameter. The ultimate stress for steel is to be
480N/mm2. Take factor of safety as 4.
21.A short column has an internal diameter of 200mm. What should be the minimum
external diameter so that it may carry a load 1600KN with factor of safety 7.5. Take
ultimate stress of steel as 472N/mm2.
22.A steel rod 30mm x 12.5mm and 500mm long is subjected to a axial pull of 75KN.
Determine the changes in length, width and thickness and volume of bar. If young’s
modulus is 200KN/mm2.
23.A steel bar 2.4 long and 30mm square is elongated by a load 400KN. If poisons ratio is
0.25 find the increase in volume. Assume E=200KN/mm2.
24.The young’s modulus for a given material is 100KN/mm2and its modulus of rigidity is
40KN/mm2. Determine its bulk modulus and also its lateral contraction if the diameter is
50mm and length 2m and extension 2mm.
25.A bar of steel 1m long 50mm wide and 10mm thickness is subjected to an axial load of
10KN in the direction of its length. Find the changes in length, width, thickness and
volume.
26.A bar of 30mm diameter is subjected to an axial pull of 80KN. The measured
extension is 0.1 mm on a gauge length of 200mm and the change in diameter is 0.004mm.
calculate the poisson’s ratio and the values of young’s Modulus, bulk modulus and
Modulus of rigidity.
CO 2: Interpret the Variation of moment of inertia for different Mechanical Engineering

Sections such as fly wheel
LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. Define centre of Gravity and Moment of Inertia

2. State Parallel and perpendicular axis theorem
LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING
3. Locate CG for Triangle Rectangle, Circle, Semi-circle, Trapezium, Cone with the
help of plain figure
10

LEVEL: APPLICATION
4. Determine the centroid of the T-section of a flange 100 X 10 mm. Also find the
M.I. of the section about XX axis through centroid.
5. Find the centre of gravity of the I-section having top flange of 100 X 20 mm, web
120 X 20 mm and bottom flange 150 X 20 mm. Also find M.I. of the section
about XX axis passing through C.G. of the section.
6. Find the C.G. of L-section of dimensions 100 X 80 X 20 mm. Also find the M.I.
of the section through C.G. and parallel to shorter leg.
7. Find the moment of Inertia about the centroidal axis XX and YY of the T-section
160 mm wide and 160 mm deep. The flange and web thickness 50 mm each.
8. Find the M.I. about the centroidal XX axis parallel to the flange for the T-beam.
Size of the flange120 X 20 mm, size of web 120 X 20 mm.
9. An I section consists of top flange 100 X 30 mm, bottom flange 200 X 40 mm and
web 180 X 20 mm. Find the M.I. about an axis passing through C.G. parallel and
perpendicular to the base.
10. Calculate M.I. of an angle section 100 X 80 X 10 mm about an axis passing
through the centroid and parallel to shorter leg.
11. Calculate the C.G. and moment of inertia for a Channel section of size 100 X 100
X 20 mm about XX and YY axis.
C0 03:Draw and Compare the shear force and bending moment diagram on beams under
varying load conditions.
LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. Define Shear force and Bending Moment in beams
2. Name the types of loads acting on beams with illustration
3. Explain Sagging and Hogging bending Moment

4. Explain Point of Contra flexure in a beam
LEVEL: APPLICATION
5. A cantilever beam of length 3m subjected to a point load of 5 KN, 8KN and 12

KN at a distance of 1m, 1.5m and 2.5m from the free end. Draw SFD and BMD.
6. A cantilever beam of length 4m subjected to a point load of 3 KN, 5KN and 8 KN
and 10 KN at a distance of 1m, 1.5m and 3m and 3.5 m from the free end. Draw
SFD and BMD.
7. A cantilever beam of length 3 m subjected to two point loads of 10 KN acting at
the free end and 15KN at the middle of the beam. Draw SFD and BMD.
8. A cantilever beam 1.5 m long carries point loads of 1 KN, 2KN and 3 KN at 0.5
m, 1.0 m and 1.5 m from the fixed end respectively. Draw the SFD and BMD for
the beam.
9. A cantilever beam of 1.4 m length carries a uniformly distributed load of 1.5
KN/m over its entire length. Draw S.F and B.M diagrams for the cantilever.
11

10. A cantilever AB 1.8 m long carries a point load of 2.5 KN at its free end and a
uniformly distributed load of 1 KN/m from A to B. Draw the shear force and the
bending moment diagrams for the beam.
11. A cantilever beam of 2 m length carries a uniformly distributed load of 1.5 KN/m
over its entire length and also a point load of 3 KN at a distance of 0.5 m from the
free end. Draw S.F and B.M diagrams for the cantilever.
12. A cantilever of length 2.5 m carries a uniformly distributed load of 2 KN/m for a
length of 2 m from the free end and a point load of 2 KN at the free end. Draw the
shear force and the bending moment diagrams for the beam.
13. A cantilever of length 3 m carries a uniformly distributed load of 1.5 KN/m for
entire length and a point load of 2 KN at a distance of 1 m from the free end.
Draw the shear force and the bending moment diagrams for the beam.
14. A cantilever 5 m long carries point loads of 30 KN and 10 KN at a distance of 1
m from the fixed end. In addition to this the beam carries a UDL of 10 KN/m
between point loads. Draw shear force and bending moment diagrams for the
cantilever.
15. A simply supported beam of length 6 m carries point loads of 2.5 KN and 4 KN
at a distance of 2 m and 4 m from left support. Draw S.F. and B.M. diagrams for
the beam.
16. A simply supported beam of length 5 m carries point loads of 2 KN and 4 KN and
5 KN at a distance of 1 m, 3 m and 4 m from left support. Draw S.F. and B.M.
diagrams for the beam.
17. A simply supported beam of length 8m carries a UDL of 10KN/m for a
distance of 6m from left support. Draw S.F and B.M diagram for the above beam.
Also calculate the maximum B.M. on section.
18. A simply supported beam of length 8m carries two point loads of 30KN and
40KN respectively at a distance of 1.5m and 6.5m from the left support. Also it
carries a UDL of 10KN/m between the point loads, draw shear force and bending
moment diagram.
19. A simply supported beam of 6m span is carrying a UDL of 20KN/m over a length
of 3m from right support. Draw S.F d and BMD. Also calculate maximum B.M.
20. Draw S.F and B.M diagram for a simply supported beam 6m long carrying UDL
of 2KN/m over the entire length and point loads of 5 KN,4 KN and 3 KN at
3m,4m and 5m from left support respectively.
21. A simply supported beam of span 6m carries two point loads of 5 KN and 10 KN
at 1m and 2m respectively from left support and also carries an UDL of 10KN/m
over a length of 3m from the right support. Draw SFD and BMD.
CO 04:Assess Bending and shear stresses in beams subjected to different loadings for
different machine parts
LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. List the aassumptions in theory of simple bending

2. Describe the relation between Bending Stress and Radius of Curvature
3. Describe the moment of resistance and radius of Curvature in a beam
12

4. Explain Beams of Uniform Strength

5. Explain modulus of Section for Rectangular and Circular sections
LEVEL: APPLICATION
1. Write Bending equations with all notation

2. A steel wire of 10mm diameter is bent into circular shape of 5m radius, determine
the maximum stress induced in the wire. Take E=2X105 N/mm2.
3. A steel plate is bent into a circular arc of radius 10m.The plate is 100mm wide and
15mm thick, assuming the value of E=2X105 N/mm2.Find the maximum stress
induced in the plate and value of bending moment which produced this stress.
4. The moment of inertia of a beam section 500mm deep is 700X106 mm4.Find the
longest span over which a beam of this section when simply supported could carry
a UDL of 40 KN/m. The maximum flange stress in the material is not to exceed
110 N/mm2.
5. A cast iron pipe of external diameter 65mm and internal diameter of 45mm and of
length 5m is supported at its ends. Calculate the maximum bending stress induced
in the pipe if it carries a point load of 100N at its centre.
6. A rectangular beam 300mm deep is simply supported over a span of 4m. What
UDL/m the beam can carry if bending stress is not to exceed 120 N/mm2.
Take I=80X106mm4.
7. A timber joist 150 X 250 mm is simply supported over a span of 3m. If it carries a
total UDL of 10 KN/m inclusive of its weight, find the maximum stress induced in
the joist.
8. A rectangular beam 300 mm deep is simply supported over a span of 4 m. What
UDL the beam may carry if the bending stress is not to exceed 120 MPa. Take
I=225 X 106 mm4.
9. A simply supported wooden beam of span 1.3 m is carrying a central point load of
40 KN. If the allowable bending stress in the timber is taken as 8 N/mm2, find the
breadth and depth of the timber. Take b=0.6d.
10. A circular pipe of external diameter 70 mm and thickness 10 mm is used as a
simply supported beam over an effective span of 2.5 m. Find the maximum point
load that can be applied at the centre of span if permissible stress in the tube is
150 N/mm2.
11. .A steel plate is bent into an arc of a circle of radius 10 m. If the breadth of the
plate is 150 mm and thickness 25 mm and E=2X105 N/mm2, calculate the
maximum stress induced in the plate and the bending moment which can produce
this stress.
12.
A timber is freely supported and has a span of 6 m. If the UDL of 10 KN/m and a
point load of 5 KN at a point 3.5 m from left support is loaded. Determine the
dimensions of the beam. Assume depth of beam as twice as its breadth. Take f=10
N/mm2
13. A beam is simply supported and carries UDL of 30 KN/m over the entire span.
The section of the beam is rectangular having depth of 400mm. If maximum stress
in the material is 120 N/mm2 and M.I. of the section is 7 X 108, find the span of
the beam.
14.
13

CO 05:Differentiate in strain energy stored in a body when the load is suddenly applied and
gradually applied
1. Explain Strain energy and Resilience
2. Explain proof resilience and modulus of resilience
3. Explain Suddenly applied and gradually applied load
4. Explain Suddenly applied and Impact load
LEVEL: APPLICATION
5. Calculate the strain energy stored in a bar 2.5 m long ,50mm wide and 40mm
thick when it is subjected to a tensile load of 50KN.Take young’s modulus is
2x105 N/mm2
6. An axial pull of 25KN is suddenly applied on a steel rod of 3 m long and 900mm2
in cross-sectional area. Calculate the strain energy stored in the rod. Take young’s
modulus is 2x105 N/mm2.
CO 06: Design simple solid and hallow shaft for power transmission keeping view of
Environmental and sustainability aspects.
LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. List the assumptions made in theory of Torsion
LEVEL: APPLICATION
2. Write the torsion equation with all notations

3. Compare the Strength of Hollow and Solid shaft
4. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 100KW at 200 rpm. The permissible
shear stress in the shaft is 70 N/mm2.Find the diameter of the shaft.
shear stress in the shaft is 75 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds
the mean torque by 20% more than mean torque. Find the suitable diameter of the
shaft.
6. .A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 120KW at 180 rpm. The permissible
shaft. Also find the angle of twist in a length of 2 meter. The valve of rigidity
modulus is 0. 9x105 N/mm2.
shear stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2. Find the suitable diameter of the shaft. The
angle of twist is not to exceed 10 in a length of 3 meter. The valve of rigidity
modulus is 0. 8x105 N/mm2.
8. A solid shaft of diameter is 110 mm required to transmit 180KW at 120 rpm. The
angle of twist is not to exceed 1.50 .Find the length of shaft. The valve of
5 2
rigidity modulus is 0. 8x10 N/mm .
14

shaft.
the mean torque by 20% more than mean torque. The angle of twist is not to
exceed 10 in a length of 20 times the diameter of the shaft. The valve of
5 2
rigidity modulus is 0. 8x10 N/mm .Find the diameter of the shaft.
11. 8. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 75KW at 200 rpm. The permissible
exceed 1.20 in a length of 30 times the diameter of the shaft. The valve of
rigidity modulus is 84x103N/mm2.Find the diameter of the shaft.
12. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 1MW at 240 rpm. The permissible
exceed 10 in a length of 2.5 meter. The valve of rigidity modulus is
2
80KN/mm .Find the diameter of the shaft.
13. A Hollow shaft is required to transmit 300KW at 90 rpm. The permissible shear
stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds the
mean torque by 25% more than mean torque. The internal diameter is half of the
external diameter, Find the internal diameter and external, diameters of the shaft.
14. A Hollow shaft is required to transmit 500KW at 100 rpm. The permissible shear
stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2.The maximum Torque transmitted exceeds the
mean torque by 15% more than mean torque. The internal to external diameter
ratio is 3/5. The angle of twist is not to exceed 10 in a length of 3.5 meter The
valve of rigidity modulus is 80KN/mm2.Find the minimum external diameter
of the shaft.
15. A solid circular shaft is required to transmit 40KW at 400 rpm. The Ultimate
shear stress in the shaft is 360 N/mm2 with a factor of safety as 8.The maximum
Torque transmitted exceeds the mean torque by 15% more than mean torque. Find
the diameter of the shaft.
16. If a Hollow shaft is to be used in place of solid shaft, Find the internal diameter
and external, diameters of the shaft with the internal to external diameter ratio is
1/2.The material is same
15

Course Title: MECHANICS OF MACHINES

Course Code:
15ME32T
Type of Course: Lectures, Core/ Elective:
Credit :04
Self Study & Quiz Core
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 100 Marks
Prerequisites: Knowledge of basic mathematics and Applied Science, Engineering Graphics
Course Objectives:
1. To provide basic concept of kinematics and kinetics of machine elements.

2. To study basics of power transmission.
3. To study the effect of friction.
4. To Study the essentiality of balancing.
5. To acquaint with working principles of CAM Mechanism.
6. To study the different types of vibration and to understand critical speed of shaft
Course Outcomes:
Course Outcome PO
Analyze and Apply the knowledge of

these machines, mechanisms and
related terminologies in mechanical R/U/A/A 1,2,3,4,5,6 10
engineering science in maintaining n 10
CO1 sustainable environment and its
impact on society
Select appropriate power transmission 1,2,3,4,5,6
CO2 mechanisms R/U/A 11
10
Analyze the effect of friction on 1,2,3,4,5,6,
machine elements U/A/An 10 10
CO3
Appreciate the essentiality of U/A 07
balancing in Rotating Parts.. 1,2,3,4,5,6
CO4 10
CO5 Construct CAM profile for the R/U/A 1,2,3,4,5,6 10
specific follower motion 10
CO6 Understand the Terminology and R/U 1,2, 10 04
types associated with vibration in
machine elements
Total sessions 52


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MECHANICS OF
3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3
MACHINES
COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE/

SEE/Marks
R U A
1
BASIC KINEMATICS 10 5 5 20 30 21
TRANSMISSION OF 11 5 5 20 30 21
2 POWER
3
FRICTION 10 5 20 25 17
4
BALANCING 07 -- 10 10 20 14
5 CAM MECHANISAMS 10 5 5 20 30 21
MECHANICAL 04 5 5 -- 10 06
6 VIBRATIONS
Total 52 20 35 90 145 100
UNITI: BASIC KINEMATICS 10Hrs

Definition-Kinematic link or element-Types of links-Kinematic pair–Types-Types of
constrained Motions- Kinematic chain- Definition of Machine, Structure and Mechanism-
Difference between Machine and Structure ,Mechanism-Inversions-Types of Kinematic
Chains-Four Bar Chain- Beam Engine-Coupling Rod of Locomotive-Single Slider Crank
Chain- Pendulum Pump-Crank and Slotted Lever Quick Return Motion Mechanism-Double
Slider Crank Chain-Elliptical trammel-Scotch yoke mechanism-Oldham’s coupling.
UNTII: TRANSMISSION OF POWER 11Hrs

Belt Drives-types of flat belt drives-open, cross, idler pulley, compound, cone pulley and fast
and loose pulley. Velocity Ratio, Slip and creep of belt, length of belt, Ratio of driving
Tensions, Centrifugal Tension and Initial Tension-Power Transmitted by belts (Flat and V-
Belt) and ropes- Maximum power transmitted by belt (without proof)-Problems on belt
drives-Introduction to Gears - Classification of Gears-Spur Gear Terminology-Problems on
2

gears –(centre distance only) Introduction to Gear Trains-Types of Gear trains –Simple,
Compound, Reverted and Epicyclic gear trains- Problems on Gear Trains
UNITIII: FRICTION 10Hrs
Friction-Introduction-Types of Friction, Laws of solid friction, coefficient of friction, limiting

angle of friction, angle of Repose -Friction in Journal Bearing-Power Transmission in the
Journal bearing-Friction in Thrust Bearing-Pivot Bearing– Flat and Conical bearing-Collar
Bearing –Problems on bearings (Assuming uniform pressure theory)- Friction in Clutches-
Single Disc Clutch- Multiple Disc Clutch- Problems on clutches (Assuming uniform wear
theory)-Introduction to Brakes-Internal Expanding Brake (Mechanical & Hydraulic).
UNIT IV:BALANCING 07 Hrs

Introduction-Static and Dynamic balancing-Balancing of single rotating massby a single mass
rotating in the same plane -Balancing of several masses rotating in the same plane-Problems
on above (Analytical and Graphical methods).
UNIT V: CAM MECHANISAMS 10Hrs

Cams-Introduction-Classification of followers and cams-Terminology of cam- Displacement
diagram for the following Motion of follower-Uniform velocity -Simple Harmonic Motion
(SHM)-Uniform Acceleration and Retardation Motion (UARM),Cam profile construction for
Knife edge follower and Roller follower.
UNIT VI: MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS 04Hrs
Introduction- Terms used in Vibrations-Types of Vibrations-Free Vibrations- Forced

Vibrations-Damped Vibrations-Types of Free Vibrations- Longitudinal, Transverse and
Torsional- Critical or Whirling speed of a shaft.
® TEXT BOOKS
1. Rattan.S.S, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw -Hill Publishers, New Delhi,
2009.
2. Khurmi R S, Guptha J.K “Theory of machines ”, 5 Edition, S.Chand and company
,Delhi ISBN 81-219-2524-X
REFERENCES
1. Thomas Bevan, “Theory of Machines”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 3rd
Edition, 2005.
2. Ramamurti,V., “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publishing
House,2005.
3. Ghosh.A and A.K.Mallick, “Theory of Mechanisms and Machines”, Affiliated
East- WestPrivate Limited, New Delhi, 1998.
4. Rao.J.S and Dukkipati R.V, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, Wiley-Eastern
Limited,New Delhi, 1992.
3

LIST OF SOFTWARES/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=112104121
2. http://www.technologystudent.com/gears1/gears7.htm
3. http://kmoddl.library.cornell.edu/model.php?m=20http://www3.ul.ie/~kirwanp/whatisaca
mandfollowersyste.htm
4. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-
Delhi/Kinematics%20of%20Machine/index.htm
5. http://elearning.vtu.ac.in/12/enotes/Des_Mac-Ele2/Unit6-RK.pdf
6. www.tecquipment.com/Theory_of_Machines.aspx
7. www.researchgate.net/.../0094-114X_Mechanism_and_Machine_Theory
8. www.journals.elsevier.com/mechanism-and-machine-theory/
9. www.iftomm.org/
10. www.wiziq.com/online-tests/44047-mechanical-theory-of-machine
11. www.cs.ubc.ca/~murphyk/Teaching/CS340-Fall07/infoTheory.pdf

Note: the following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 5 marks (Any one)
∑ Each student should do any one of the following type activity or similar activity
related to the course and before take up, get it approved from concerned Teacher and
HOD.
∑ Each student should conduct different activity and no repeating should occur
1 List the mechanisms which you are using in your day to day life. Sketch any three from
these. Study and submit handwritten report of 500 words
2 Take a photo of a actual kinematic mechanism used in an automobile, study and
submit handwritten report of 500 words
3 Analyse the effect of friction in real situation and submit handwritten report of 500
words
2 List the mechanism used in a typical car. study and submit handwritten report of 500
words
3 Identify and measure the dimensions of Flywheel used in automobile. study and submit
handwritten report of 500 words
4 Identify the type of clutches and cams used in different automobiles and also the type of
brakes in automobile and bicycle. study and submit handwritten report of 500 words
5 Visit the market and collect the data of items which are used in any mechanisms. Data
includes specifications, cost, applications, etc. Also name the mechanism/s in which such
item/s is/are use .Study and submit handwritten report of 500 words
Course Delivery
∑ The course will be delivered through lectures and Power point presentations/ Video
∑ Teachers can prepare or download PPT of different topics on Mechanisms usage in
mechanical engineering application.
∑ Motivate student to take case study on kinematics, power transmission and to
inculcate him for self and continuous learning.


Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Does not collect
topic
Fulfil Performs very Performs

Normally
does the
assigned
work

speak much
to speak others

Note: This is only an example. Appropriate rubrics/criteria may be devised by the concerned faculty (Course
Coordinator) for assessing the given activity.
who (Frequency in the Marks collected
m course)
Assessment (Average of three
20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6
tests will be
computed)
Student activities 05 Activity sheets 1,2,3,4,5,6
100 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam at BTE
1 & 2,3 Delivery
Assessment Feedback on course Feedback forms
of course
course
Survey Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off
to the next higher digit.

semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
Assessment Methods.
Ex: I test/6 th weak of I/II SEM

20
sem 10-11 Am
Year:
CO’s:____
Question
no
1
2
3
4

MECHANICS OF MACHINES
Ex: I test/6 th weak of IVSEM
15ME32T 20
sem 10-11 Am
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 Co: 1,2
Question
no
1 Explain lower pair and higher pairs 05 U 1 1,2,3,4,
5,6,10
2 List the different types of constraint motion Explain any one. 05 R 1 1,2,3,4,
5,6,10
3 A shaft rotating at 200 r.p.m. drives another shaft at 300 r.p.m. 10 A 2 1,2,3,4,
and transmits 6 kW through a belt. The belt is 100 mm wide 5,6,10
and 10 mm thick. The distance between the shafts is 4m.The
smaller pulley is 0.5 m in diameter. Calculate the stress in the
belt, if it is an open belt drive, Take μ = 0.3.
OR
Two parallel shafts are to be connected by spur gearing. The
approximate distance between the shafts is 600 mm. If one
shaft runs at 120 r.p.m. and the other at 360 r.p.m., Calculate
the number of teeth on each wheel, if the module is 8 mm.
Also determine the exact distance apart of the shafts.

MODEL QUESTION PAPER
IV- Semester Diploma Examination
Course Title: MECHANICS OF MACHINES
Time: 3 Hours] [Max Marks: 100

Note: Answer any SIX from Part A and any SEVEN from Part B
PART-A 6x5=30 marks
1. List the different types of constraint motion Explain any one.

2. Explain with a neat sketch bull engine.
3. Explain open belt and cross belt drives.
4. Calculate the power transmitted by a belt running over a pulley of 600 mm diameter at 200 r.p.m.
The coefficient of friction between the belt and the pulley is 0.25, angle of lap is 160° and
maximum tension in the belt is 2500 N.
5. State the laws of solid friction.
6. Explain the method of balancing of different masses revolving in the same plane.
7. Explain clearly the terms ‘static balancing’ and ‘dynamic balancing’.
8. Construct the displacement and velocity diagram for uniform velocity motion of the follower.
9. Discuss briefly with neat sketches the longitudinal, transverse vibrations
PART-B 7x10=70 marks
10. a) Explain with a neat sketch beam engine. 06

b) Differentiate between machine and a structure. 04
11. a)Explain With a neat sketch double crank mechanism. 05

b)Sketch and describe Scotch-yoke mechanism. 05
12. a)List the advantages & disadvantages of flat belt over v-belt drive. 04
b)Develop the gear when Two parallel shafts, about 600 mm apart are to be connected by spur gears.
One shaft is to runat360r.p.m. and the other at 120 r.p.m., if the circular pitch is to be 25 mm. 06
13. Calculate the width of the belt taking centrifugal tension into account..A leather belt is required
to transmit 7.5 kW from a pulley 1.2 m in diameter, running at 250 r.p.m. The angle embraced
is 165° and the coefficient of friction between the belt and the pulley is 0.3. If the safe working
stress for the leather belt is 1.5 MPa, density of leather 1 Mg/m3and thickness of belt 1
10 mm, 10
14. a) Explain with a neat sketch, limiting angle of friction. 05
b) A 60 mm diameter shaft running in a bearing carries a load of 2000 N. If the coefficient of friction
between the shaft and bearing is 0.03, Calculate the power transmitted when it runs at 1440 r.p.m.
-05

15. Five masses A, B, C,D and E are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same plane. The masses of A is
200N, B is 100N, C is 160 N respectively and their radii of rotations are equal. The angular position of
the masses B, C , D and E are 60°, 135°, 210 0 and 270° from the mass A. Calculate the magnitude of D
and E for complete balance. Solve graphically -10
16. Four masses m1, m2, m3 and m4 are 200 kg, 300 kg, 240 kg and 260 kg respectively. The corresponding
radii of rotation are 0.2 m, 0.15 m, 0.25 m and 0.3 m respectively and the angles between successive
masses are 45°, 75° and 135°. Calculate the position and magnitude of the balance mass required, if its
radius of rotation is 0.2m.(solve Analytically). -10
17. Construct a cam profile to raise a valve with simple harmonic motion through 50 mm in 1/3 of a
revolution, keep if fully raised through 1/12 revolution and to lower it with harmonic motion in 1/6
revolution. The valve remains closed during the rest of the revolution. The diameter of the roller is 20
mm and the minimum radius of the cam is 25 mm. The diameter of the camshaft is 25 mm. The axis of
the valve rod passes through the axis of the camshaft.
-10
18. Define the following terms. -10
(a) Base circle, (b) Pitch circle, (c) Pressure angle, and (d) Stroke of the follower.(e)Trace point
19. a)Explain the term ‘whirling speed’ or ‘critical speed’ of a shaft 05
b) Discuss briefly with neat sketches the transverse and torsional free vibrations 05
***************************************************************************************
MODEL QUESTION BANK

IV Semester
Course title: MECHANICS OF MACHINES
CO1: ANALYZE AND APPLY THE KNOWLEDGE OF THESE MACHINES, MECHANISMS AND
RELATED TERMINOLOGIES IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SCIENCE IN MAINTAINING
SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENT AND ITS IMPACT ON SOCIETY
REMEMBERING
1. List the different types of constraint motion Explain any one.

2. Define kinematic link. Briefly explain its types.
3. Define following terms a) structure b) mechanism.
4. Define kinematic chain? Name the different types of kinematic chains.
5. Define inversion of mechanism.
UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain kinematic chain. give its relation

2. Explain the following terms.
a) Sliding pair b) turning pair c) screw pair d) spherical pair e) rolling pair
3. Explain lower pair and higher pairs
4. Explain self closed pair and force-closed pair
5. Differentiate between machine and a structure.
8

6. Classify different kinematic pairs.
APPLICATION
1. Explain With a neat sketch completely constrained motion.

2. Explain with sketch four bar chain and mention its inversions.
3. Explain with sketch single slider crank chain and mention its inversions.
4. Explain with sketch double slider crank chain and mention its inversions.
5. Explain with a neat sketch beam engine
6. Explain with a neat sketch four bar chain.
7. Explain With a neat sketch double crank mechanism.
8. Explain With a neat sketch single slider crank chain.
9. Explain with a neat sketch bull engine.
10. Explain with a neat sketch crank and slotted lever quick return motion
mechanism.
11. Explain with a neat sketch elliptical trammel.
12. Explain with a neat sketch Scotch yoke mechanism
13. Explain with a neat sketch Oldham’s coupling.
CO2 : SELECT APPROPRIATE POWER TRANSMISSION MECHANISMS
REMEMBERING
1. Define the following terms.
2. List the advantages of flat belt over v-belt drive.
3. List the Advantages and Disadvantages of Belt over Rope Drive
4. Define the following terms
A) Pitch circle. B). Addendum. C).Dedendum. D). Circular pitch.
E) Diametral pitch. F) Module.
UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain open belt and cross belt drives.

2. Explain the following a) Velocity ratio b) slip c) creep.
3. Explain slip and creep of belt drive.
4. Explain centrifugal tension of flat belt.
5. Discuss the various types of gear trains.
6. Explain briefly the reverted gear train
7. Explain briefly the epicyclic gear train
8. Explain with neat diagram belt drive with idler pulley.
9. Explain with neat diagram stepped or cone pulley drive.
10. Explain with neat diagram fast and loose pulley drive.
11. Explain with neat diagram compound belt drive and write its velocity ratio.
12. Explain briefly the compound Gear train with diagram

APPLICATION
1. An engine, running at 150 r.p.m., drives a line shaft by means of a belt. The
engine pulley is 750 mm diameter and the pulley on the line shaft being 450
mm. A 900 mm diameter pulley on the line shaft drives a 150 mm diameter
pulley keyed to a dynamo shaft. Calculate the speed of the dynamo shaft, when
1. There is no slip, and 2. There is a slip of 2% at each drive.
2. The power is transmitted from a pulley 1 m diameter running at 200 r.p.m. to a
pulley 2.25 m diameter by means of a belt. Calculate the speed lost by the
driven pulley as a result of creep, if the stress on the tight and slack side of
the belt is 1.4 MPa and 0.5 MPa respectively. The Young’s modulus for the
material of the belt is 100 MPa.
3. Calculate the power transmitted by a belt running over a pulley of 600 mm
diameter at 200 r.p.m. The coefficient of friction between the belt and the
pulley is 0.25, angle of lap is 160° and maximum tension in the belt is 2500 N.
4. Two pulleys, one 450 mm diameter and the other 200 mm diameter are on
parallel shafts 1.95 m apart and are connected by a crossed belt. Calculate the
length of the belt required and the angle of contact between the belt and each
pulley. What power can be transmitted by the belt when the larger pulley
rotates at 200 rev/min, if the maximum permissible tension in the belt is 1 kN,
and the coefficient of friction between the belt and pulley is 0.25 ?
5. A shaft rotating at 200 r.p.m. drives another shaft at 300 r.p.m. and transmits 6
kW through a belt. The belt is 100 mm wide and 10 mm thick. The distance
between the shafts is 4m.The smaller pulley is 0.5 m in diameter. Calculate the
stress in the belt, if it is an open belt drive, Take μ = 0.3.
6. A leather belt is required to transmit 7.5 kW from a pulley 1.2 m in diameter,
running at 250 r.p.m. The angle embraced is 165° and the coefficient of
friction between the belt and the pulley is 0.3. If the safe working stress for the
leather belt is 1.5 MPa, density of leather 1 Mg/m3and thickness of belt 10
mm, determine the width of the belt taking centrifugal tension into account.
7. Determine the width of a 9.75 mm thick leather belt required to transmit 15
kW from a motor running at 900 r.p.m. The diameter of the driving pulley of
the motor is 300 mm. The driven pulley runs at 300 r.p.m. and the distance
between the centres of two pulleys is 3 metres. The density of the leather
is1000 kg/m3. The maximum allowable stress in the leather is 2.5 MPa. The
co-efficient of friction between the leather and pulley is 0.3. Assume open belt
drive and neglect the sag and slip of the belt.
8. A pulley is driven by a flat belt, the angle of lap being 120°. The belt is 100
mm wide by 6 mm thick and density1000 kg/m3. If the coefficient of friction
is 0.3 and the maximum stress in the belt is not to exceed 2 MPa, Calculate the
greatest power which the belt can transmit and the corresponding speed of the
belt.
9. In a flat belt drive the initial tension is 2000 N. The coefficient of friction
between the belt and the pulley is 0.3 and the angle of lap on the smaller pulley
is 150°. The smaller pulley has a radius of 200 mm and rotates at 500 r.p.m.
Calculate the power in kW transmitted by the belt.
10. Two parallel shafts, whose centre lines are 4.8 m apart, are connected by open
belt drive. The diameter of the larger pulley is 1.5 m and that of smaller pulley
1 m. The initial tension in the belt when stationary is 3 kN. The mass of the
belt is 1.5 kg / m length. The coefficient of friction between the belt and
the pulley is 0.3. Taking centrifugal tension into account, calculate the power
transmitted, when the smaller pulley rotates at 400 r.p.m.
10

11. An open belt running over two pulleys 240 mm and 600 mm diameter
connects two parallel shafts 3 metres apart and transmits 4 kW from the
smaller pulley that rotates at 300 r.p.m. Co-efficient of friction between the
belt and the pulley is 0.3 and the safe working tension is10N per mm
width. Determine: 1. Minimum width of the belt, 2. Initial belt tension and 3.
Length of the belt required.
12. Power is transmitted using a V-belt drive. The included angle of V-groove is
30°. The belt is 20 mm deep and maximum width is 20 mm. If the mass of the
belt is 0.35 kg per meter length and maximum allowable stress is 1.4 MPa,
determine the maximum power transmitted when the angle of lap is 140°. μ =
0.15.
13. A compressor, requiring 90 kW is to run at about 250 r.p.m. The drive is by V-
belts from an electric motor running at 750 r.p.m. The diameter of the pulley
on the compressor shaft must not be greater than 1 metre while the centre
distance between the pulleys is limited to 1.75 metre. The belt speed should
not exceed 1600 m/min. Determine the number of V-belts required to transmit
the power if each belt has a cross-sectional area of 375 mm2, density 1000
kg/m3 and an allowable tensile stress of 2.5MPa. The groove angle of the
pulley is 35°. The coefficient of friction between the belt and the pulley is
0.25.Calculate also the length required of each belt.
14. A rope drive transmits 600 kW from a pulley of effective diameter 4 m, which
runs at a speed of 90 r.p.m. The angle of lap is 160° ; the angle of groove 45° ;
the coefficient of friction 0.28 ; the mass of rope 1.5 kg / m and the allowable
tension in each rope 2400 N. Calculate the number of ropes required.
15. A pulley used to transmit power by means of ropes has a diameter of 3.6
metres and has 15 grooves of 45° angle. The angle of contact is 170° and the
coefficient of friction between the ropes and the groove sides is 0.28. The
maximum possible tension in the ropes is 960 N and the mass of the rope is 1.5
kg per metre length. Calculate the speed of pulley in r.p.m. and the power
transmitted if the condition of maximum power prevail
16. Two parallel shafts, about 600 mm apart are to be connected by spur gears.
One shaft is to run at 360 r.p.m. and the other at 120 r.p.m. Develop the gears,
if the circular pitch isto be 25 mm.
17. Two parallel shafts are to be connected by spur gearing. The approximate
distance between the shafts is 600 mm. If one shaft runs at 120 r.p.m. and the
other at 360 r.p.m. Calculate the number of teeth on each wheel, if the module
is 8 mm. Also determine the exact distance apart of the shafts.
18. A flat belt is required to transmit 35 kW from a pulley of 1.5 m effective
diameter running at 300 r.p.m. The angle of contact is spread over 11/24 of the
circumference and the coefficient of friction between belt and pulley surface is
0.3. Determine, taking centrifugal tension into account, width of the belt
required. It is given that the belt thickness is 9.5 mm, density of its material is
1.1 Mg/m3 and the related permissible working stress is 2.5 MPa.
CO3: ANALYZE THE EFFECT OF FRICTION ON MACHINE ELEMENTS
UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain the following terms:

(i).Angle of response (ii).Angle of friction
2. Explain limiting angle of friction.
11

3. Explain coefficient of friction.
4. Explain with neat diagram limiting angle of friction.
5. Explain with neat diagram coefficient of friction.
6. Explain with neat diagram friction in a journal bearing.
APPLICATION
1. A 60 mm diameter shaft running in a bearing carries a load of 2000 N. If the

coefficient of friction between the shaft and bearing is 0.03, Calculate the
power transmitted when it runs at 1440 r.p.m.
2. Explain with neat sketch different types of pivot bearings.
3. Explain with neat sketch single and multiple flat collar bearing.
4. A vertical shaft 150 mm in diameter rotating at 100 r.p.m. rests on a flat end
footstep bearing. The shaft carries a vertical load of 20 kN. Assuming uniform
pressure distribution and coefficient of friction equal to 0.05, Calculate power
lost in friction.
5. A conical pivot supports a load of 20 kN, the cone angle is 120º and the
intensity of normal pressure is not to exceed 0.3 N/mm2. The external
diameter is twice the internal diameter. Calculate the outer and inner radii of
the bearing surface. If the shaft rotates at 200 r.p.m. and the coefficient of
friction is 0.1, Calculate the power absorbed in friction. Assume uniform
pressure.
6. A conical pivot bearing supports a vertical shaft of 200 mm diameter. It is
subjected to a load of 30 kN. The angle of the cone is 120º and the coefficient
of friction is 0.025. Calculate the power lost in friction when the speed is 140
r.p.m., assuming uniform pressure.
7. A thrust shaft of a ship has 6 collars of 600 mm external diameter and 300 mm
internal diameter. The total thrust from the propeller is 100 kN. If the
coefficient of friction is 0.12 and speed of the engine90 r.p.m., Calculate the
power absorbed in friction at the thrust block, assuming l. uniform pressure
only
8. A shaft has a number of a collars integral with it. The external diameter of the
collars is 400 mm and the shaft diameter is 250 mm. If the intensity of
pressure is 0.35 N/mm2 (uniform) and the coefficient of friction is 0.05,
Calculate:1. Power absorbed when the shaft runs at 105 r.p.m. carrying a load
of 150 kN ; and 2. Number of collars required.
9. Explain with a neat sketch single plate or disc clutch.
10. Explain with a neat sketch multi plate clutch.
11. A single plate clutch, with both sides effective, has outer and inner diameters
300 mm and 200 mm respectively. The maximum intensity of pressure at any
point in the contact surface is not to exceed 0.1 N/mm2. If the coefficient of
friction is 0.3, determine the power transmitted by a clutch at a speed
2500rpm.
12. A multiple disc clutch has five plates having four pairs of active friction
surfaces. If the intensity of pressure is not to exceed 0.127 N/mm2, Calculate
the power transmitted at 500 r.p.m. The outer and inner radii of friction
surfaces are 125 mm and 75 mm respectively. Assume uniform wear and take
coefficient of friction = 0.3.
13. Explain with a neat sketch internal expanding brake.
12

CO4:APPRECIATE THE ESSENTIALITY OF BALANCING IN ROTATING PARTS..
UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain the balancing of rotating parts necessary for high speed engines
2. Explain clearly the terms ‘static balancing’ and ‘dynamic balancing’.
3. Discuss how a single revolving mass is balanced by a single mass revolving in
same planes.
4. Explain the method of balancing of different masses revolving in the same plane.
APPLICATION
1. Four masses m1, m2, m3 and m4 are 200 kg, 300 kg, 240 kg and 260 kg
respectively. The corresponding radii of rotation are 0.2 m, 0.15 m, 0.25 m and
0.3 m respectively and the angles between successive masses are 45°, 75° and
135°. Calculate the position and magnitude of the balance mass required, if its
radius of rotation is 0.2 m.(Analytical method)
2. Four masses m1, m2, m3 and m4 are 250 kg, 350 kg, 290 kg and 310 kg
respectively. The corresponding radii of rotation are 0.25 m, 0.20 m, 0.35 m and
0.4 m respectively and the angles between successive masses are 45°, 75° and
135°. Calculate the position and magnitude of the balance mass required, if its
radius of rotation is 0.25 m. (Graphical method)
3. Four masses A, B, C and D are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same plane.
The masses are 12kg, 10 kg, 18 kg and 15 kg respectively and their radii of
rotations are 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm and30 mm. The angular position of
the masses B, C and D are 60°, 135° and 270° from the mass A. Calculate the
magnitude and position of the balancing mass at a radius of 100 mm.
4. Five masses A, B, C,D and E are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same
plane. The masses of A is 200N, B is 100N, C is 160 N respectively and
their radii of rotations are equal. The angular position of the masses B, C ,
0
D and E are 60°, 135°, 210 and 270° from the mass A. Calculate the magnitude
of D and E for complete balance. Solve graphically.
5. Five masses A, B, C,D and E are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same
plane. The masses of A is 250N, B is 160 N, C is 210N respectively and
their radii of rotations are equal. The angular position of the masses B, C ,
0
D and E are 60°, 135°, 210 and 270° from the mass A. Calculate the magnitude
of D and E for complete balance. Solve by Analytical method.
6. Four masses m1, m2, m3 and m4 are 100 N, 150 N, 120 N and 130 N
respectively. The corresponding radii of rotation are 0.225 m, 0.175 m,
0.25 m and 0.3 m respectively and the angles measured from A are 45°,
0
120 and 255°. Calculate the position and magnitude of the balance mass
required, if its radius of rotation is 0.3 m.( Analytical method)
7. Four masses A, B, C and D are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same plane.
The masses are 16kg, 14 kg, 22kg and 20 kg respectively and their radii of
rotations are 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm and 30 mm. The angular position of
13

the masses B, C and D are 60°, 135° and 270° from the mass A. Calculate the
magnitude and position of the balancing mass at a radius of 50 mm
CO5: CONSTRUCT CAM PROFILE FOR THE SPECIFIC FOLLOWER MOTION
REMEMBERING
1. Define the following terms.
(a) Base circle, (b) Pitch circle, (c) Pressure angle, and (d) Stroke of the
follower.(e)Trace point
UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain cam and follower
2. Classify different types of cams
3. Describe the types of follower.
4. Classify different types of followers.
5. Explain prime circle and pitch circle related to cam profile
6. Explain base circle and pitch point to cam profile
7. Explain pressure angle and lift or stroke related to cam profile
8. Interpret why a roller follower is preferred to that of a knife-edged
follower.
9. Illustrate the different types of motion with which a follower can move.
APPLICATION
1. Construct the displacement diagram for uniform velocity and S.H.M motion
of the follower
2. Construct the displacement and velocity diagram S.H.M motion of the
follower
3. Construct the displacement and velocity diagram for uniform velocity motion
of the follower
4. Construct the displacement and velocity diagram for uniform acceleration and
retardation motion of the follower.
5. Explain with sketches the different types of cams and followers.
6. Construct a disc cam to give uniform motion to a knife edge follower during
out stroke of 50 mm during the first half of the cam revolution. The follower
again returns to its original position with uniform motion during the next half
of the revolution. The minimum radius of the cam is 50 mm and the diameter
of the cam shaft is 35 mm. Draw the profile of the cam when the axis of
follower passes through the axis of cam shaft.
7. Construct a cam operating a knife-edged follower, has the following data :
(a) Follower moves outwards through 40 mm during 60° of cam rotation.
(b) Follower dwells for the next 45°.
(c) Follower returns to its original position during next 90°.
(d) Follower dwells for the rest of the rotation.
(e) The displacement of the follower is to take place with simple harmonic
motion during both the outward and return strokes. The least radius of the
14

cam is 50 mm. Draw the profile of the cam when the axis of the follower is
offset 20mm towards right from the cam axis.
8. Construct a disc cam rotating in a clockwise direction is used to move a
reciprocating roller with simple harmonic motion in a radial path for the details
given below:
a) Outstroke with maximum displacement of 25 mm during 120° of cam rotation,
b) Dwell for 60° of cam rotation,
c) iii) Return stroke with maximum displacement of 25 mm during 90° of cam
rotation, and
d) Dwell during remaining 90° of cam rotation.
e) The line of reciprocation of follower passes through the camshaft axis. The
maximum radius of camis30 mm. The roller diameter is 8 mm. Draw the
profile of the cam when the line of reciprocation of the follower is offset by 20
mm towards right from the cam shaft axis.
9. Construct a cam profile to raise a valve with simple harmonic motion through 50
mm in 1/3 of a revolution, keep if fully raised through 1/12 revolution and to lower
it with harmonic motion in 1/6 revolution. The valve remains closed during
the rest of the revolution. The diameter of the roller is 20 mm and the minimum
radius of the cam is 25 mm. The diameter of the camshaft is 25 mm. The axis of
the valve rod passes through the axis of the camshaft.
10.Construct a cam rotating clockwise with a uniform speed is to give the roller
follower of 20 mm diameter with the following motion:
i. Follower to move outwards through a distance of 30 mm during 120° of cam
rotation ;
ii. Follower to dwell for 60° of cam rotation ;
iii. Follower to return to its initial position during 90° of cam rotation ; and
iv. Follower to dwell for the remaining 90° of cam rotation.
The minimum radius of the cam is 30 mm and the line of stroke of the
follower is offset 15 mm from the axis of the cam and the displacement of
the follower is to take place with simple harmonic motion on both the
outward and return strokes. Draw the cam profile.
11. Construct the profile of cam rotating clockwise at a uniform speed of 100
r.p.m. is required to give motion to knife-edge follower as below,
Follower to move outwards through 40 mm during 120° of cam rotation,
(f) Follower to dwell for the next 60° of cam rotation,
(g) Follower to return to its starting position during next 90° of cam rotation, and
(h) Follower to dwell for the rest of the cam rotation.
(i) The minimum radius of the cam is 30 mm and the line of stroke of the
follower passes through the axis of the cam shaft. If the displacement of the
follower takes place with uniform and equal acceleration and retardation
on both the outward and return strokes.
12. Construct a cam profile with 30 mm as minimum diameter is rotating
clockwise at a uniform speed of 1200 r.p.m. and has to give the following
motion to a roller follower 10 mm in diameter:
15

(a) Follower to complete outward stroke of 25 mm during 120° of cam rotation
with equal uniform acceleration and retardation ;
(b) Follower to dwell for 60° of cam rotation;
(c) Follower to return to its initial position during 90° of cam rotation with equal
uniform acceleration and retardation;
(d) Follower to dwell for the remaining 90° of cam rotation.
Draw the cam profile if the axis of the roller follower passes through the axis
of the cam.
13. Construct a cam profile, rotating clockwise at a uniform speed of 200 r.p.m. is
required to move an offset roller follower with a uniform and equal
acceleration and retardation on both the outward and return strokes. The
angle of ascent, the angle of dwell (between ascent and descent) and the
angle of descent is 120°, 60° and 90° respectively. The follower dwells for
the rest of cam rotation. The least radius of the cam is 50 mm, the lift of
the follower is 25 mm and the diameter of the roller is 10mm. The line of stroke
of the follower is offset by 20 mm from the axis of the cam.
14. Construct the profile of a cam to suit the following specifications:
Cam shaft diameter = 25mm; Least radius of cam = 30 mm ; Diameter of roller
= 20 mm;
Angle of lift = 120° ; Angle of fall = 150° ; Lift of the follower = 40 mm ;
Number of pauses are two of equal interval between motions. During the lift,
the motion is S.H.M. During the fall the motion is uniform acceleration and
deceleration. The speed of the cam shaft is uniform. The line of stroke of the
follower is off-set12.5 mm from the centre of the cam.
15. Construct the profile of a cam to give the following motion to a knife-edged
follower:
Outstroke during 60° of cam rotation: 2. Dwell for the next 30° of cam rotation;
Return stroke during next 60° of cam rotation, and 4. Dwell for the remaining
210° of cam Rotation. The stroke of the follower is 40 mm and the
minimum radius of the cam is 50 mm. The follower moves with uniform
velocity during the outstroke and return strokes. With uniform velocity. Draw
the profile of the cam when the axis of the follower is offset by 20 mm from the
axis of the cam shaft.
CO6: UNDERSTAND THE TERMINOLOGY AND TYPES ASSOCIATED WITH

VIBRATION IN MACHINE ELEMENTS
REMEMBERING
1. Define free vibrations, forced vibrations.

2. Identify the causes and effects of vibrations?
3. Define free vibrations,. And damped vibrations.
4. Define forced vibrations,. And damped vibrations.
UNDERSTANDING
16

1. Discuss briefly with neat sketches the longitudinal, transverse vibrations.
2. Discuss briefly with neat sketches the transverse and torsional free vibrations.
3. Discuss briefly with neat sketches the longitudinal, and torsional free
vibrations.
4. Explain the term ‘whirling speed’ or ‘critical speed’ of a shaft
17

Course Title: MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS
Course Code:
15ME33T
Credit :04
Prerequisites: Knowledge of basic mathematics and Science. Basic Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the advances in technology, measurement techniques, types of

instrumentation devices, innovations, refinements.
2. To learn various flow measurement techniques.
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to CO:

NOTE: The theory should be taught in such a manner that students are able to acquire different learning out comes
in cognitive, psychomotor and affective domain to demonstrate following course outcomes.
Course Outcomes:
CL Linked Teach
Course Outcome PO ing
Hrs
Know the terms of the measurements, and Understand the
principle of operation of an instrument, Choose Suitable 12
CO1 measuring instruments for a particular application and Apply R/U/A 1,2,3,10
ethical principles while measuring dimensions
Appreciate Measurement of strain by using a basic strain
gauge and hence verify the stress induced and application of 1,2,3,10 10
CO2 transducers in mechanical engineering applications for R/U/A
sustainable development
Apply the principles of instrumentation for transducers & 1,2,3,6,
measurement of non electrical parameters like temperature, R/U/A 15
CO3 pressure, flow, speed, force and stress in mechanical 10
engineering applications for sustainable development
1,2,3,4,6,
CO4 Apply the principles of Miscellaneous measurements for U/A
06
humidity, density, level and blood pressure.
10
Apply the principles of limits, fits, tolerance and Analyse the 1,2,3,4,6,
CO5 process alignment testing of machine tools for manufacturing R/U/A 09
field. 10
Total sessions 52
R-Remember; U-Understanding; A-Application
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME33T MECH


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MECHANICAL
3 3 3 1 - 2 - - - 3
MEASUREMENTS


SEE
R U A
1
Measuring instruments 12 10 10 10 30 21
Transducers and strain 5 10 15 30 21

2
10
gauges
Measurement of force, 05 05 10 20 14
3
06
torque, and pressure
Applied mechanical 05 05 15 25 17
4
09
measurements
Miscellaneous 06 -- 5 10 15 10
5
measurements
Limits, Fits, Tolerance 5 10 10 25 17
6
& Testing of Geometric 09
Dimensions
Total 52 30 45 70 145 100

UNITI: MEASURING INSTRUMENTS 12Hrs
Measurement-definition-methods of measurement-Significance-Terms applicable to

measuring instruments: Precision and Accuracy, Sensitivity and Repeatability, Range,
Threshold, Hysteresis, calibration -Errors in Measurements-Systematic and Random error.
Measuring instruments- Factors in selecting the measuring instruments -Thread
measurements:-Bench micrometer- Thread gauge micrometer- Angle measurements- Bevel
protractor, Sine Bar, Gauges: plain plug gauge, snap gauge, ring gauge-.Surface finish-
Measurement of surface finish by Talysurf surface roughness tester-Co-ordinating measuring
machine.
UNTII: TRANSDUCERS AND STRAIN GAUGES 10 Hrs

Transducers- concept-Characteristics, Transducers selection factors, classifications of
Transducer, actuating mechanisms. Voltage and current generating analog transducers-
Types-Piezoelectric transducer. Strain Measurements: Strain gauge, Classification, Berry-
type mechanical strain gauge, optical strain gauges, mounting of strain gauges, Strain gauge
rosettes-two and three elements, Gauge factor
UNITIII: MEASUREMENT OF FORCE, TORQUE, AND PRESSURE 06Hrs
Force measuring devices- Spring Balance, Proving ring, Strain guage type Load cell- Torque
measuring devices- Prony brake, Hydraulic dynamometer-.pressure measuring devices- -
Diaphragm type pressure gauge- Bourdon tube pressure gauge- Mcloed gauge, Construction,
working and applications.
UNIT IV: APPLIED MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS 09Hrs
Speed measurement- Classification of tachometers. Working principle, construction, working

of Revolution counters and Eddy current tachometers. Displacement measurement- Working
principle, construction, working of Linear variable Differential transformers (LVDT)-Flow
measurement- Working principle, construction, working of Rotometers-Temperature
measurement. Principle, construction, working of Resistance thermometers and Optical
Pyrometer, Thermocouples.
UNIT V: MISCELLANEOUS MEASUREMENTS 06 Hrs
Humidity measurement–construction, working of hair hygrometer-Density measurement-

Measurement of density using hydrometer, Liquid level measurement –-Measurement of
liquid level by using sight glass, Float gauge-Biomedical measurement- construction,
working of Sphygmo monometer
UNITVI: LIMITS,FITS,TOLERENCE & TESTING OF GEOMETRIC DIMENSIONS

09 Hrs

Concepts- Interchangeability, Selective Assembly, Basic Definitions, Graphical illustration
of limits and Tolerances. Fit-Classification of fits. Systems of fits-Hole Basis System and
Shaft Basis system, Systems of tolerancing-Unilateral System and Bilateral System, Machine
tools alignment testing-Checking Parallelism, Straightness, runout, alignment testing of
machine tool during erection as per IS standard procedure
® TEXT BOOKS
1. Mechanical Engineering Measurement - Thomas Beckwith, N.Lewis Buck, Roy
Marangoni - Narosa Publishing House, Bombay
REFERENCES
1. Mechanical Engineering Measurements - A. K. Sawhney - DhanpatRai& Sons,
New Delhi.
2. “ Metrology & Measurement” by Anand K Bewoor,Vinay kulakarni ,Tata
McGraw hill New delhi 2009
3. “Principles of Engineering metrology” by Rega Rajendra Jaico publishers-2008
4. “Dimensional Metrology “by Connie Dotson, DELMAR ,cenage learning,2007
5. “Engineering Metrology” by R.K.Jain, Khanna Publishers, 1994
1. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Metrology (metrology).
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4hlNi0jdoeQ (vernier).
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FNdkYIVJ3Vc(vernier).
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O8vMFFYNIfo (micrometer)
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h98HPVuWjLA (depth micrometer)
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SmXfGan_NXQ (telescopic gauge)
7. http://www.authorstream.com/Presentation/007sandeepks-1858141-angular-
measurment/ (angular measurement).
8. http://askguru.net/t-Angular-Measurement-ppt
9. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aBzh6i5fQ70 (surface roughness)
10. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S7SXD6sKQ-I(surface roughness)
11. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eVpoJzLJa0U(surface roughness)
12. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3Od7vnoMwGg(surface roughness)
13. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XnLiTPGE6pk (three wire thread measurement)
14. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Gdvtw0pTAOs (thread pitch).
15. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qMgXGedDffw (dial indicator)
16. http://www.authorstream.com/Presentation/donzvasanth-1501139-unit-2-linear-
angular-measurement/
17. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_gear_nomenclature#Addendum (gear
nomenclature).

18. https://www.google.co.in/search?q=gear+tooth+vernier+caliper&tbm=isch&tbo=u&
source=univ&sa=X&ei=MIuEUsqSOsiKrQeywIFQ&ved=0CCgQsAQ&biw=1600&
bih=804 (gear tooth vernier).
19. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lc4dsNvm2Ks (principle of mech. meas).
20. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nv3GuJArjNU (Transducers).
21. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iMIzApq1CQ0 (pressure measurement).
22. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JKuoQ5FV2c8 (temperature meas.).
23. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GNOI_7ftbQ0(temperature meas.) .
24. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7xUdPVpafyI (flow measurement).
25. http://www.ignou.ac.in/upload/Unit-4-62.pdf (limit gauges).
26. http://www.scribd.com/doc/55242715/8/Types-of-limit-gauges
27. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v25PCV_IJCw (sensors)
28. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QItuf6lNvmI(sensors)
29. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pOvTyvBqzgM (displacement sensors)
30. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=inLkCOwVgyM (force sensors)
31. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jxv0ITAr74A(force sensors)
32. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0MP_9n08urA(force sensors)
33. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zAddvPHfKnw(force sensors)
34. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_fQSMVf3hdM (calibration).
35. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HwSxBRaxn_4(calibration).
36. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZymDMUuVuyY (geometrical Tol.)
37. http://www.gobookee.org/measurement-of-geometric-tolerances-in-manufacturing/
38. http://www.me.metu.edu.tr/courses/me410/exp1/410exp1theory.pdf
39. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5eaSkU6Ecik (flatness measurement)
40. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1tBnpzyhVXU (measuring straightness)
41. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1JNCe9fwRUw (measuring perpendicularity)

42. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eJ8a0k8kQIE( Roundness and cylindricity)
Course Delivery:
∑ Teachers can prepare or download ppt of different topic’s measuring instruments usage in
mechanical engineering application, can prepare alternative slides.

1. Each student should submit any one of the following type activity or any other similar
activity related to the course and before take up get it approved from concerned
Teacher and HOD.
1 Each student will select and bring at least one mechanical component. Sketch each
component. Sketch and label main parts of instruments to be used. Calculate least count
of the instrument/s to be used. Measure and record applicable dimensions of each

component using suitable instrument
2 Sketch the part and setup, list the instruments used, list the steps followed and record the
observations for checking straightness
3 Select appropriate limit gauge for given dimension/part and check the dimension with
gauge.
RUBRICS MODEL

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Does not collect
topic

Normally
does the
assigned
work

speak much
to speak others

Note: This is only an example. Appropriate rubrics/criteria may be devised by the
concerned faculty (Course Coordinator) for assessing the given activity.


who (Frequency in Mark collected
m the course) s
20 Blue books
three tests will
1,2,3,4,5
be computed)
Student
05 activities sheets
Activities
SE End End of the Answer scripts
100 1,2,3,4,5
E Exam course at BTE
forms of course
course
End of End of the 1,2,3,4,5
Course course Effectiveness of
Survey Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
semester
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks
Assessment Methods.

MECHANICAL
I/II SEM MEASUREMENTS
20
sem 10-11 Am
Course code:15ME33T
Year:
CO’s:____
Question
no
1
2
3
4

MECHANICAL
Ex: I test/6 th weak of III SEM
MEASUREMENTS
20
sem 10-11 Am
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1, Co: 1,2,3.
Question
Question CL CO PO
no
1 Explain Systematic and Random Errors. 4 MARKS U 1 1,2,

3,4
2 Define i) Sensitivity, ii)Accuracy. iii)Calibration 3 MARKS R 1 1,2,

3,4
3 Draw a neat sketch of Bevel Protractor and labels its parts. A 1 1,2,
3,4,
OR
10
Explain with neat sketch Taysurf surface roughness tester 7 MARKS
4 Explain with neat sketch measurement of thread by Bench micrometer. A 1 1,2,
3,4,
6 MARKS
10

3- Semester Diploma Examination
Course Title: MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS

Time: 3 hrs Max :100marks:100
PART-A 6x5=30 marks
1. Define Measurement and mention its requirements. 05
2. List the advantages of Resistance thermometer. 05
3. List the various types of testing equipment’s used for machine tool 05
alignment test
4. Explain the calibration procedure for measuring instrument 05
5. Explain the mounting of strain gauge. 05
6. Differentiate Resistance thermometer and thermocouple. 05
7. Compare Hole Basis System with Shaft Basis System. 05
8. Explain with a neat sketch the working of Rotameter. 05
9. Explain with a neat sketch Diaphragm type pressure gauge
PART-B
10. a)List the various factors in selection of measuring instruments. 05
b)Explain with neat sketch measurement of thread by Bench micrometer. 05
11. a)Explain Strain Gauge Rosettes. 05
b)Sketch the schematic diagram of the following transducer 05
actuating mechanisms.
i) Circular bourdon tube ii)Straight tube.
12.a)List the advantages of Resistance thermometer. 05
b).Classify the various of tachometers. 05
13. Explain with a neat sketch the working principle Mcloed gauge. 10
14.a)Explain with a neat sketch Hydrometer. 05
b)Explain with neat sketch the working of Proving ring 05
15.Explain with a neat sketch Hole Basis System and Shaft Basis System. 10
16.a)Explain Uni-lateral and Bi-lateral tolerance. 05
b)Write short notes on sphygmomanometer. 05
17.a)Predict the advantages and disadvantages of LVDT. 05
b)Explain with neat sketch progressive plug gauge. 05
18.Sketch a neat block diagram of Optical strain gauge and label its parts. 10
19.a)Write the classification of Strain gauge. 05
b)Briefly explain the various classification of transducers. 05

Model Question Bank
3rd Semester Diploma in Mechanical Engineering

Course title: Mechanical Measurements
CO-I Know the terms of the measurements, and Understand the principle of operation of an
instrument, Choose Suitable measuring instruments for a particular application and Apply
ethical principles while measuring dimensions
Remember
1.Define Measurement and mention its requirements.
2.Define a) Precision b)Repeatability.
3.Define a) Calibration. b)Threshold
4.Define a) Hysteresis. b)Range
5.Define a)Sensitivity b)Accuracy.
6.Define i) Sensitivity, ii)Accuracy. iii)Calibration
7.Define error and mention types of errors.
8. Name the various types of error.
9.List the various factors in selection of measuring instruments.
10.State the advantages of CMM.
11.State the types of error.
Understand
1.Explain the signification of measurement.
2.Explain the various methods of measurements.
3.Explain the calibration procedure for measuring instrument
4.Explain Systematic and Random Errors.
5.Explain the various methods of measurements with suitable examples.
6.Explain Taysurf surface roughness testor.
Application
1.Explain with neat sketch thread gauge micrometer.
2.Explain with neat sketch measurement of thread by Bench micrometer.
3.Explain with neat sketch Bevel Protractor.
4.Draw a neat sketch of Bevel Protractor and labels its parts.
5.Explain with neat sketch the use of sine bar.
6.Explain with neat sketch progressive plug gauge.
7.Explain with neat sketch plain plug gauge.
8.Explain with neat sketch snap gauge.
9.Explain with neat sketch Ring gauge.
10.Explain with neat sketch of CMM.
11.Explain with neat sketch thread gauge micrometer. And its uses.
12. Explain with neat sketch Taysurf surface roughness tester

13.Explain with neat sketch CMM.and its use.
14.Write short notes on CMM.
CO-2: Appreciate Measurement of strain by using a basic strain gauge and hence verify the
stress induced and application of transducers in mechanical engineering applications for
sustainable development
Remember
1.Define transducer, list the uses of transducer.
2.List out the major transducer characteristics.
3.List the various classifications of transducers. With examples.
4.List out the any five typical transducer actuating mechanisms.
5.State the various types of self-generating transducers.
6.List the various piezo-electric materials that exhibit piezoelectric effect.
7. Define strain gauge and list its purposes
8. State the advantages and limitation of mechanical strain gauge..
9.State the various transducers selection factors.
10.List any four transducer characteristics
11.List the various classification of transducers with examples on each.
12.State the various typical transducer actuating mechanisms.
13.Name any four type of self-generating Analog transducers.
14.State various transducer characteristics
15.List the various piezo-electric materials.
16.Define gauge factor
Understanding
1.Explain the concept of variable and current generating analog transducers.
2. Explain the mounting of strain gauge.
3.Explain gauge factor.
4.Explain Strain Gauge Rosettes.
5. Explain briefly the working of optical strain gauge.
6.Explain the concept of variable and current generating analog
transducers and mention its types.
7.Classify the Strain gauges.
8. Briefly explain the various classification of transducers.
Application
1.Explain with a neat sketch piezoelectric transducer.
2.Write the various transducers selection factors.
3.Sketch the schematic diagram of the following transducer actuating mechanisms.
i)Corrugated diaphragm ii)Bellows.
4.Sketch the schematic diagram of the following transducer actuating mechanisms.
i) Capsule ii) Twisted bourdon tube,
5. Sketch the schematic diagram of the following transducer actuating mechanisms.
i) Circular bourdon tube ii)Straight tube.
6. Write the advantages and limitation of mechanical strain gauge..
7.Write short notes on gauge factor.
8.Write short notes on Strain Gauge Rosettes.
9.Explain with a neat sketch two element Rosette gauge.
10.Explain with a neat sketch three element Rosette gauge.
11.Sketch a neat block diagram of Optical strain gauge and label its parts.

12.Write various transducer characteristics
13.Explain with neat sketch Berry type strain gauge.
14.Explain with neat sketch piezoelectric transducer.
15.Write short notes on gauge factor.
16.Explain with a neat sketch the working principle of Optical strain gauge.
17.Write the classification of Strain gauge.
CO-3: Apply the principles of instrumentation for transducers & measurement of non
electrical parameters like temperature, pressure, flow, speed, force and stress in mechanical
engineering applications for sustainable development
Remember
1.Define force and List any three force measuring instruments.
2.Define is torque? What is the reason for measuring it.
3.Discribe dynamometer and list its applications.
4.Define pressure. List the pressure measuring instruments.
5.Define force and List any three force measuring instruments.
6.State the principle of thermocouple.
7. List the advantages of Resistance thermometer.
8.List the types of mechanical tachometers.
Understanding
1.Explain the working of Proving ring and its use.
2.Explain the principle working Optical pyrometer.
3.Classify tachometer.
4.Explain the working principle of thermocouple.
5. Explain Resistance thermometer.
6.Differenciate Resistance thermometer and thermocouple.
7.Describe tachometer and Mention types of mechanical tachometers.
8.Classify the various types of tachometers.
9.Predict the advantages and disadvantages of LVDT.
10.Express the advantages and disadvantages of the Rotameter.
11.Express the advantages of Resistance thermometer.
12.Identify the advantages and Disadvantages of the Resistance thermometer.
13.Distinguish between thermocouple and Resistance thermometer.
14.Explain thermocouple and mention any three commonly used thermocouple material.
15.Classify the various of tachometers.
16.Identify the advantages and disadvantages of LVDT.
17.Indicate the advantages of Resistance thermometer
18.Identify the advantages and disadvantages of the Rotameter.
19..Explain phenomena of piezo-electric effect.
Application
1.Explain with neat sketch Spring Balance.
2.Sketch and Explain the instrument commonly used for measurement
of heavy loads in Industries.
3. Explain with a neat sketch the working of Hydraulic Dynamometer
4.Explain with neat sketch the construction and working of Proving ring.

5. Explain with a neat sketch working of Strain gauge type load cell..
6. Explain with neat sketch the working of Proving ring
7. Explain with neat sketch Prony Brake Dynamometer.
8.Explain with a neat sketch Diaphragm type pressure gauge.
9.Explain with neat sketch the working of Bourdon tube pressure gauge.
10.Explain with a neat sketch the working principle Mcloed gauge.
11.Explain with a neat sketch the working principle of Mcloed gauge and its use.
12.Explain with a neat sketch the working of Revolution counter.
13.Explain with a neat sketch the working of Eddy current tachometer.
14.Explain with a neat sketch of LVDT.
15.Explain with a neat sketch the working of Rotameter.
16.Write the advantages and disadvantages of the Rotameter.
17.Write the advantages of Resistance thermometer.
18.Explain with a neat sketch Resistance thermometer.
19.Write the advantages and Disadvantages of the Resistance thermometer.
20.Explain with neat sketch Optical pyrometer.
21Explain with a neat sketch, the principle working of thermocouples.
22.Explain with a neat sketch of LVDT and show its characteristics.
23.With a neat sketch Explain the principle working of thermocouples.
CO-4: Apply the principles of miscellaneous measurements for humidity, density, level and
blood pressure.
Understanding
1.Explain measurement of blood pressure using sphygmomanometer.
2.Explain the terms a)Humidity b)Density
Applications
1.Explain the working of hair hygrometer with a neat sketch.
2.Explain with a neat sketch Hydrometer.
3.Explain with a neat sketch liquid level measurement by using sight glass.
4.Explain with a neat sketch the principle of float gauge for liquid level measurement .
5.Explain with sketch measurement of blood pressure using sphygmomanometer.
6.Write short notes on sphygmomanometer.
CO-5: Apply the principles of limits, fits, tolerance and Analyse the process alignment
testing of machine tools for manufacturing field.
Remember
1.Define the following terms
a)Limit b)Allowance
a)Basic Size b)Tolerance
a)Zero line b)Fit
a)Deviation b)Actual size
5. a)Define the following terms

i)Limit ii)Allowance iii)Basic size
6. Define tolerance and briefly explain its types.
7..Define deviation and explain types of deviation.
8.Define fit and mention its types of fits.
9. List the various types of testing equipment’s used for machine tool
Alignment test.
10. Define Interchangeability. State its importance.
11. Quote the reason for adopting hole basis system as the standard practice.
Understanding
1.Distinguish Hole Basis System and Shaft Basis System.
2.Explain Uni-lateral and Bi-lateral tolerance.
3.Differenciate between unilateral and Bilateral tolerance.
4.Express the reason for adopting hole basis system as the standard practice.
5.Explain the importance of Geometric test on machine tools.
6.Compare Hole Basis System with Shaft Basis System.
Applications
1.Explain with neat sketch clearance fit.
2. Explain with neat sketch interference fit.
3. Explain with neat sketch transition fit.
4. Explain with a neat sketch Hole Basis System and Shaft Basis System.
5.Write the reason for adopting hole basis system as the standard practice.
6.Write short note on Interchangeability.
7.Write short note on selective assembly.
8.Explain with neat sketch interference fit.
9.Write a neat sketch of Graphical illustration of limits and tolerances.
10.Explain with neat sketch he procedure for checking the parallelism of spindle axis to
carriage movement in lathe.
11..Explain with neat sketch the procedure for checking the straightness of the carriage
movement in lathe.
12..Explain with neat sketch checking of run out of axis of centre in lathe.
13.With neat sketch explain shaft basis system.
14.With neat sketch explain Hole Basis system.
.

Prerequisites: Engineering graphics-I and Engineering graphics-II and Sound pictorial
Course Title: MACHINE DRAWING

Course Code:
15ME34D
Type of Course: Tutorial and Core/ Elective:
Credit :03
practice Core
Course Objectives:
1. Understanding of drawing, which includes clear visualization of objects and the

proficiency in reading and interpreting a wide variety of production and assembly
drawings.
2. This course envisages reinforcing and enhancing the knowledge and skill acquired in
the earlier two courses
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching Hrs
CO1 Interpret Conventional symbols as per 04

R 1,2,3,10
IS code SP46.
CO2 Understand the Conventional methods 12
R 1,2,3,10
of representing threaded fasteners
CO3 Understand the Conventional U/A 1,2,3,10 12
representation of Riveted joints
CO4 Categorize attributes of Production 06
U 1,2,3,10
Drawing and Limits, fits, tolerances
C05 Illustrate the significance & use of 06
U 1,2,3,10
tolerances of size, forms & positions
C06 Visualize the assembly of a given set U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10 38
of details of machine components
Total sessions 78

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MACHINE DRAWING 03 03 03 - - - - 2 2 3
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME34D MECH

SEE
R U A
CONVENTIONAL 15 -- --- 15 11.5
1
04
REPRESENTATION
THREADED --- -- 15 15 11.5

2
12
FASTENERS
3
RIVETED JOINTS 12 -- --- 15 15 11.5
LIMITS, FITS AND --- 15 -- 15 11.5

4
06
TOLERANCES
PRODUCTION -- --- --- --- ------

5
06
DRAWINGS
DETAILS TO -- --- 70(*) 70(*) 54

6
38
ASSEMBLY
Total 78 15 15 100 130 100

(*): Compulsory question to be answered
UNITI: CONVENTIONAL REPRESENTATION 04Hrs
Standard convention using SP – 46 (1988)-Materials C.I., M.S, Brass, Bronze, Aluminum,

wood, Glass, Concrete and Rubber-Long and short break in pipe, rod and shaft.- Various
sections- Half, removed,-Standard convention of Knurling, splined shafts, and chain wheels-
Springs with square and flat ends, Gears, sprocket wheel-Countersunk &counter bore
UNTII: THREADED FASTENERS 12Hrs
Screw thread terminology-Conventional representation of External threads and internal threads-

Draw the top and front view of hexagonal headed bolt with nut across flat and corner-Draw -
square headed bolt across corner and flat-cylindrical headed bolt-Eye bolt-Locking devices-Draw
the views of for standard dimensions-lock nut-castle nut-Studs-Tap bolt-Machine screws-
washers-Keys-sunk key-Gib head key.(For a given standard diameter with proportions)
UNITIII: RIVETED JOINTS 12Hrs

Rivets-types-Types of riveted joints-Draw the sectional front view and top view of-single riveted
lap joint, double riveted lap joint with chain riveting and zigzag riveting. Draw the sectional front
view and top view of-single riveted butt joint with single and double cover plate - double riveted
butt joint with chain riveting and zigzag riveting with double cover plate.

UNIT IV:LIMITS, FITS AND TOLERANCES 06Hrs
Concept of limits, fits & allowances--Introduction to ISO system of tolerance,-dimensional
tolerances-Draw the working drawing plain step turned shaft of varying diameter, indicate the
dimensional tolerances
UNIT V: PRODUCTION DRAWINGS 06Hr

Surface roughness-Indication of machining-symbol showing direction of lay, roughness
grades, machining allowances, Machining symbols used in industry
(Suggested Practice:Disassembling of any Physical model having not less than five parts,
sketch the minimum views required for each component, measure all the required
dimensions of each component.)
UNIT VI: DETAILS TO ASSEMBLY 38Hrs
Introduction to the unit assembly drawing, steps involved in preparing assembly drawing
from Details-Sequence in assembly-Preparation of details and Assembly of parts with
Sectional views of- Socket and Spigot joint Cotter Joint-- Knuckle joint- Protected
Flanged coupling- Universal coupling-Plummer Block and Screw Jack (Front, side and
top views)
® TEXT BOOKS
1. Machine drawing, -K.R. Gopala Krishna Subhas Publishers, Bangalore
REFERENCES
1. Machine Drawing- N.D.Bhatt, Charotar Publication, Anand
2. Machine Drawing-Sidheshwar-Tata McGraw Hill
3. Code of practice for general engineering-IS Code SP 46(1988)- Engineering
Drawing Practice for School and colleges
4. Production Drawing-L.K.Narayanan,P.Kannaich,- New Age International
Publication

Note: the following activities related to unit 5 and for assessing CIE(IA)
Teacher and HOD.
1 Select at least four simple mechanical components each made up of minimum 5-6
Manufacturing operations. Get them approved by teacher. Measure and sketch them in a
drawing sheet with dimensions.
2 Select at least one simple mechanical assembly in group of 5-6 students, each made up of
minimum 5-6 manufacturing operations. Get them approved by teacher. Measure and
sketch them in a drawing sheet with dimensions. Example- assembly of any coupling,
carburetor, machine vice, fuel pump, tail stock etc.
3 Bring Actual assembly from workshop/industry, measure dimensions, sketch it and make
2D production drawing for the same.
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through lectures and Demonstration and practices

NOTE:.
1. Students should use two separate A3 size sketchbooks, one for class work and another for
assignment.
2. Students should solve assignment on each topic. The sessional marks will be awarded on
the basis of Graded exercises and assignment
3. Use half imperial size drawing sheet for term work
MODEL OF RUBRICS /CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Does not collect
topic

Normally
does the
assigned
work

speak much
to speak others

Note: This is only an example. Appropriate rubrics/criteria may be devised by the concerned faculty
(Course Coordinator) for assessing the given activity.


whom (Frequency Marks collected
in the
course)
CIE IA Students Graded 20 Drawing 1.2,3,4,5,6
Exercises- Sheets
Average
marks all
graded
exercises to
be computed.
SEE Student 05 Log of activity 1.2,3,4,5,6
End Exam activities
End of the 100 Answer scripts 1.2,3,4,5,6
course at BTE
Student Feedback on Students Middle of the Feedback 1, 2,3 Delivery of
course course forms course
End of Course End of the Questionnaires 1,2,3,4,5,6-
Survey course Effectiveness of
Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note:
1. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.
semester
1. Drawing sheet files ( Two /Three students)( 20 marks)

Assessment Methods.
NOTE:THIS SUBJECT SHOULD THOUGHT IN A BATCH OF 15 TO 20 STUDENTS,TEACHER

INCHARGE PER BATCH HAS TO MONITER, EVALUATE OR ASSESS THE STUDENTS.

III Semester Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
MACHINE DRAWING
Time: 4 Hours [Max Marks: 100]
Note: Answer any ONE from Part A and Part B, Part-C is compulsory
Part A
1.a) Draw the conventional representation of the following materials. -9M
i) ) Wood (ii) steel (iii) rubber
b) Draw the conventional representation of the following sections.
(i) Bottom-half in section (ii)Right - half in section -6M
2.Draw the diagrammatic representation of the following -15M
(i)Clearance fit (ii) Interference fit (iii) Transition fit
Part B
2. Draw the front and top view of ISO threaded Square bolt and Nut of 100 mm long with
a threaded length of 50mm. The diameter of the bolt is 20 mm across corner-15M
3.Draw to 1:1 scale the sectional front view and top view of a single riveted Butt joint with
double cover plate. The thickness of the plate is 9 mm. Use snap head rivets and show at least
three rivets. Indicate all the dimensions. -15M
Part C
1. The detail parts of a SCREW JACK is given, Assemble the parts and show the following
views to 1:1 scale. Show the important dimensions on the assembly Drawing
(i)Front view in section -45M
(ii) Top view - 25M

MODEL QUESTION BANK
MACHINE DRAWING
(15 MARKS QUESTIONS)
PART-A & PART-B
CO 01: INTERPRET CONVENTIONAL SYMBOLS AS PER IS CODE SP46.
LEVEL:REMEMBER
i) Lead (ii)Glass (iii) fibre
b)Draw the conventional representation of the following sections.
(i) Top-half in section (iv)Left - half in section-6M
i)) Wood (ii)steel (iii) rubber
(i) bottom-half in section (ii)Right - half in section -6M
3. a) Draw the conventional representation of the following materials. -9M

i) ) Cast iron (ii)plywood (iii) rubber
(i) Top-half in section (ii)Right - half in section -6M
4.Draw the conventional representation of the following sections.

a) (i) Knurling operation (ii) splined shafts and -Springs with square and flat ends
(iii) chain wheels -9M
5.Draw the conventional representation of the following sections.
a)(i)Knurling operation(ii)Counter sunk & counter bore(iii)Spur gear -9M
CO 02: UNDERSTAND THE CONVENTIONAL METHODS OF

REPRESENTING THREADED FASTENERS
LEVEL:APPLICATION
1.Draw the front and top view of ISO threaded Hexagonal bolt and Nut of 120 mm
long with a threaded length of 60 mm. The diameter of the bolt is 24mm across
corner.
2.Draw the front and top view of ISO threaded Hexagonal bolt and Nut of 100 mm
long with a threaded length of 50mm. The diameter of the bolt is 20 mm across Flat
3.Draw the front and top view of ISO threaded Square bolt and Nut of 100 mm
long with a threaded length of 50mm. The diameter of the bolt is 20 mm across
Flat

4. Draw the front and top view of ISO threaded Square bolt and Nut of 100 mm
long with a threaded length of 50mm. The diameter of the bolt is 20 mm across
corner
5. Draw the front and side view of a lifting Eye bolt of diameter 24mm and indicate
all the proportions.
6.Draw the front and Top view of a split pin method of locking of an ordinary Nut of
diameter 24mm and indicate all the proportions.
CO 03: UNDERSTAND THE CONVENTIONAL REPRESENTATION OF
RIVETED JOINTS
LEVEL:APPLICATION
1.Draw to 1:1 scale the sectional front view and top view of a double riveted lap
joint with chain riveting .The thickness of the plate is 10mm. Use snap head rivets and
show at least three rivets. Indicate all the dimensions.
1. Draw to 1:1 scale the sectional front view and top view of a double riveted lap
joint with Zig-zag riveting .The thickness of the plate is 10mm. Use snap head
rivets and show at least three rivets. Indicate all the dimensions.
2. Draw to 1:1 scale the sectional front view and top view of a single riveted Butt
joint with double cover plate. The thickness of the plate is 9 mm. Use snap head
rivets and show at least three rivets. Indicate all the dimensions.
4.Draw to 1:2 scale the sectional front view and top view of a single riveted Butt
joint. The thickness of the plate is 20 mm. Use snap head rivets and show at least
three rivets. Indicate all the dimensions.
5.Draw to 1:1 scale the sectional front view and top view of a double riveted Butt
joint with double cover plate with change riveting. The thickness of the plate is
12mm. Use snap head rivets and show at least three rivets. Indicate all the
dimensions.
6.Draw to 1:1 scale the sectional front view and top view of a double riveted Butt
joint with double cover plate with change Zig-zag riveting. The thickness of the
plate is 12 mm. Use snap head rivets and show at least three rivets. Indicate all the
dimensions.
CO 04:CATEGORIZE ATTRIBUTES OF PRODUCTION DRAWING AND
LIMITS,FITS,TOLERANCES
LEVEL:UNDERSTANDING
1.Draw the diagrammatic representation of the following -15M
(i)Clearance fit (ii) Interference fit (iii) Transition fit
2. a)Draw the designation of shaft of basic size 20mm of grade 8 with upper
deviation zero --7M
b)Dimension a hole of base size 30mm grade 7 with lower deviation zero by using
letters and numerals on a sketch. –8M

Part B
(70 MARKS QUESTION WHICH IS COMPULSORY)
(FOR END EXAM ANY TWO VIEWS TO BE ASKED)
CO 06:VISUALIZE THE ASSEMBLY OF A GIVEN SET OF DETAILS OF
MACHINE COMPONENTS
LEVEL:APPLICATION
1.The detail parts of a SOCKET AND SPIGOT JOINT COTTER JOINT is given,
Assemble the parts and show the following views to 1:1 scale. Show the important
dimensions on the assembly Drawing
(i)Front view with Top-half in section.
(ii) Top view
(iii)Right view
2.The detail parts of a KNUCKLE JOINT is given, Assemble the parts and show the
following views to 1:1 scale. Show the important dimensions on the assembly Drawing
(i)Front view in section
(ii) Top view
(iii)Left view

3. The detail parts of a PROTECTED TYPE FLANGED COUPLING is given,
Assemble the parts and show the following views to 1:1 scale. Show the important
dimensions on the assembly Drawing
(i)Front with Top-half in section
(ii) Top view
(iii)Left side view
4. The detail parts of a UNIVERSAL COUPLING is given, Assemble the parts and
show the following views to 1:1 scale. Show the important dimensions on the
assembly Drawing
(i)Front view
(ii) Top view
(iii)Left side view

5.The detail parts of a PLUMMER BLOCK is given, Assemble the parts and show
the following views to 1:1 scale. Show the important dimensions on the assembly
Drawing
(i)Front view with Right half in section
(ii) Top view
6. The detail parts of a SCREW JACK is given, Assemble the parts and show the
following views to 1:1 scale. Show the important dimensions on the assembly
Drawing
(i)Front view in section
(ii) Top view
(iii)Side view

Course Title: MECHANICAL COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (MCAD)
Course Code:
15ME35P
Credit :03
practice Core(practice)
Prerequisites: Basic computer Skills and Practice concepts of Machine drawing
Course Objectives:
1. Now a day a manual drafting is obsolete in industry. Computers being the inevitable part
in an engineer’s life due to its inbuilt characteristics which helps him to do various task
with acceleration.
2. Using computers and CAD software it is easy to create and modify drawings ultimately it
saves time. It also may be useful to generate assembly and manufacturing drawings.
3. In mechanical industry operating skills are required for computer aided drafting
operations of machine components, handling of printers & plotters. This subject is also
useful to apply concepts in 3 D modeling.
CL Linked Linked Teaching Hrs

Course Outcome excises PO
CO1 Interpret and Draw, edit and modify U/A Basics 1,2,3,9,10 08
2D
CO2 Give dimensions, tolerances and U/A Basic 1,2,3,9,10 08

geometrical tolerances commands
CO3 Create Isometric 2D Views and 3D U/A Models 1,2,3,9,10 18
drawing ,when orthographic views of from
simple machine parts/Threaded question
fasteners /Riveted Joints
bank (Sl.no
01 to 16)
CO4 Plot Assembly 2D drawings and U/A Part 1,2,3,9,10 44
Create their respective 3D Assembled drawings
views from
question
bank (Sl.no
01 to 05)
Total 78
sessions
Legend: U- Understand A- Application
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME35P MECH


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MECHANICAL
COMPUTER AIDED 03 03 03 - - - - - 03 03
DRAFTING (MCAD)

COURSE CONTENT
Unit Hour Questions to Questions to Marks
No Unit Name be set for be set for weightage
(10marks ) (40marks) (%)
PART - A PART - B
1 CAD COMMANDS ----- ------ -

08
FAMILIARIZATION
2 PRACTICE ON COMMANDS 08 01 ---- 17
CREATION OF 3D MODELS 01 ----- 17

3 /THREADED FASTENERS/ RIVETED 18
JOINTS
4 DETAILS TO ASSEMBLY 44 ---- 01(*) 66
Total 78 02 01 100
Note: (*): Compulsory Question to be asked in end exam
UNITI: CAD COMMANDS FAMILIARIZATION 08Hrs
Introduction to MCAD(parametric modelling) software-Understanding parametric modelling

technique, knowing the software interface, co-ordinate systems supported- Planes and their
creation, reference axis, Sketch, Profile, constraints-geometrical and dimensional, need for
constraining, fully constrained, under constrained, over constrained.
UNTII: PRACTICE ON COMMANDS 08Hrs
Practice 2D and 3D drawing commands

Hands on Exercises.
Create2DDrawing for the ISOMETRIC OBJECT given by selecting from model
question bank
Create 3D Drawings for the ORTHOGRAPHIC VIEWS given by selecting from
model question bank
UNIT III: ASSEMBLY MODELING 44Hrs

Know the assembly environment, setting the assembly environment, types of assembly
design approach-bottom-up and top-down assembly. Creating assembly Editing and
modifying assembly relationships -Creating exploded view of the assembly –Create
3DAssemblymodels of- Socket and Spigot type Cotter Joint-Knuckle joint—Plummer
Block- Screw Jack
UNIT IV:MODELS BY USING EQUESTIONS 18Hrs
Hexagonal nut and bolt, Solid muff coupling and journal bearing
® TEXT BOOKS
1. Sham Tickoo- Autocad: A Problem-Solving Approach Thomson Learning
EMEA, Limited
2. Machine Drawing- K.R.Gopala Krishna Subhas Publications Bangalore
3. George Omura- Mastering Auto CAD BPB Publication
4. T Jeyapoovan- Engineering Graphics Using AutoCAD Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd. Fifth Edition
REFERENCES
1. Machine Drawing- N.D.Bhatt, Charotar Publication, Anand
2. Machine Drawing-Sidheshwar-Tata McGraw Hill
3. Code of practice for general engineering-IS Code SP 46(1988)- Engineering
Drawing Practice for School and colleges
4. Production Drawing-L.K.Narayanan,P.Kannaich,- New Age International
Publication
SUGGESTED LEARNING WEB SITES

http://www.we-r-here.com/cad/tutorials/index.htm
http://www.cadtutor.net/tutorials/autocad/
http://www.caddprimer.com/AutoCAD_training_tutorial/AutoCAD_training_lessons.htm
http://www.autocadmark.com/
http://www.autocadtutorials.net/

Teacher and HOD.
1 Bring actual industrial production drawings from nearby industry and distribute them
among group of students for self study and interpretation. Ask students to practice these
drawings using any modeling software.
2 Bring small real components like Nut-Bolt, Washers, Cotter-knuckle Joints, Couplings,
and Pulleys in the class. Ask students to use Vernier caliper to measure the dimensions and
formulate relations between them. Practice same relations with AutoCAD/Pro-E
software/Solid edge/catia to draw 2D/3D models of these components.
3 Take the students for industrial visit. Hands-on practice with drafting software to create a
production drawing of an assembly.

Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through lectures and Demonstration and CAD practices. This
Lab can be performed using ANY ONE of the following software’s:
1) Solid edge
2) Iron CAD
3) CATIA
4) ProE
5) Solid Works
6) INVENTOR
7) Any equivalent or open source software’s
What To whom When/Where Max Evidence Course

(Frequency in Marks collected outcomes
the course)
CIE IA Students Student 10 CAD drawing 1,2,3,4
activities
Record- Average 15 CAD exercises 1,2,3,4
marks of all
graded exercises
to be computed.
SEE End End of the 50 Answer scripts 1,2,3,4
Exam course at BTE
Student Feedback Students Middle of the Feedback forms 1,2,3 Delivery
on course course of course
End of Course End of the Questionnaires 1,2,3, 4
Survey course Effectiveness
of Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods

Note:

RUBRICS MODEL

Dimension
Score
2 4 6 8 10
Does not collect
topic

Normally
does the
assigned
work

speak much
to speak others

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components (Bloom’s taxonomy)
such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % Weightage
1 Understanding 45
2 Applying the knowledge acquired from 40
3 Analysis 05
4 Evaluation& Creating new knowledge 10
semester
Assessment Methods.
Scheme of Valuation for End Examination

Sl no Questions Marks

Create the model and drawing views(any 3) along with
1 dimensions and annotations as per sketch given 10
OR
Create the model and drawing views(any 3) along with
dimensions and annotations using equations 10
Create the assembly model and drawing with dimension, BOM, -

2 as per the given sketch(*): Compulsory Question to be asked in 40
end exam
Total 50
EQUIPMENT LIST:
1. Latest Configuration Computers which can be able to run latest any Computer Aided
Drafting Software. (At least One Computer per student in practical session.)-20 no
2. Any latest Authorized Computer Aided Drafting Software (20 copies
3. Plotter of size A2/A3
4. LCD Projector

MECHANICAL COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (MCAD)
Note: Answer any ONE from Part A and Part B is compulsory
Part A
1.Create front , top and side view for the given 3D Drawing -10M
OR
Create the 3D Part model for the given 2D Drawing-10M
Part B
1.Create3D Assembly models of a PLUMMER BLOCK for the given
detailparts.-40M

MODEL QUESTION BANK
MECHANICAL COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (MCAD)
PART-A
(10 MARKS QUESTIONS)
1. Create front , top and side view for the given 3D Drawing.

2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

7.
8.

9.
10.

11. Create the 3D Part model for the given 2D Drawing
12.

13.
14.
15.
16.

Part B
1. Create 3D Assembly models of a SCREW JACK for the given detail parts.
2. Create 3D Assembly models of a PLUMMER BLOCK for the given detail parts.

3. Create 3D Assembly models of KNUCKLE JOINT for the given detail parts.

4. Create 3D Assembly models of a SOCKET AND SPIGOT COTTER JOINT for the
given detail parts.

5. Create 3D Assembly models of a BUSHED BEARING for the given detail parts.

Course Title: BASIC WORK SHOP PRACTICE-II
Course Code:
15ME36P
Credit :03
Prerequisites: Theoretical concepts Work shop technology
Course Objectives:
1. To understand basic Metal shaping processes

2. To understand various Metal shaping operations and Procedure protocols.
CL Linked Linked Teaching Hrs
Course Outcome practices PO
ALL
Acquire metal shaping process skill by forging 1,2,3,4,5,6
CO1 Forging for a given job U/A 26
shop 8,9,10
exercises
ALL sheet
Prepare various sheet metals joint for 1,2,3,4,8,9,
CO2 required applications /Utility items U/A metal 26
10
exercises
ALL
Demonstrate and prepare various 1,2,3,4,5,6,
Foundry operations for required U/A foundry 26
CO3 8,9,10
applications exercises
Total 78
sessions

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
BASIC WORK SHOP
03 03 03 03 02 02 - 3 3 03
PRACTICE-II
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15ME36P MECH

COURSE CONTENT
Unit
Hour
No Unit Name
1 FORGING PRACTICE 26
2 SHEET METAL PRACTICE 26
3 FOUNDRY SHOP 26
Total 78
UNITI: FORGING PRACTICE 26Hrs
Demonstration and detailed explanation of tools and equipment used-Description and

specification of anvils, swage blocks, hammers, tongs, fullers, swages -Forging operations in
smithy shop-Bending operation, upsetting operation,-Safety measures to be observed in the
smithy shop
Hands on Experience
Job 1. To forge from Round to Square
Job 2. To forge from Round to Hexagon
Job 3: To forge a L-hook or L-nail.
Job 4: To prepare a job involving upsetting process
Job 5: To forge a chisel
UNTII: SHEET METAL PRACTICE 26Hrs

Introduction and demonstration of hand tools used in sheet metal shop.- different types of
hammers, hard and soft mallet, sheet and wire gauge,- demonstration of various raw materials
used in sheet metal shop e.g. M.S. sheet, galvanized-iron plain sheet, galvanized corrugated
sheet, aluminum sheets etc.
Hands on Experience
Job I: Practice on making single riveted lap joint/double riveted lap Joint.
Job II: Practice on making single cover plate chain type, seam joint and Preparation of any
one utility articles like Tray , Cylinder, container and Funnel.
UNITIII: FOUNDRY SHOP 26Hrs
Study of Foundry Tools and Equipment-Sand Mixing, Study of cope and drag-Practice in a
single box-Cutting Practice by double box
Hands on Experience
Preparation of moulds-
Job I:Hexagon, Square and Circular Mould
Job II: Combination of Hexagon with Square or Circular Mould
Job III: Flange coupling – Pulley/ Gear pulley by using patterns

® Elements of Workshop Technology (Vols. 1 and II) by Hajra Chaudhary
Note: the following activities or similar activities for assessing CIE (IA) for 10 marks (Any
one)
Instructor and Foreman with an intimation to HOD
2. Each student should conduct different activity and no repeation should occur
1 Take the students for local body building works observe the sheet metal practices followed
in body building works .Submit hand written report of 500 words
2 Ask the students to observe the forging operations carried out in local vicinity and submit
hand written report of 500 words
3 Take the students for industrial visit for a nearby foundry; observe the safety practices
followed and foundry operational activities. Submit and written report of 500 words
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through Demonstration and Shop practices

the course)
CIE IA Students Activities 10 Report 1,2,3
Record- Average 15 Graded 1,2,3
marks of all exercises
Assessment
graded exercises
to be computed.
Direct
meth
SEE End End of the 50 Answer scripts 1,2,3,

Exam course at BTE
Student Feedback Students Middle of the Feedback forms 1,2
on course course Delivery of
Indirect Assessment
course
End of Course End of the Questionnaires 1,2,3,
of Delivery of
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Note: 1. The activity related exercises shall be evaluated as per the Rubrics developed by the
concerned department related to the course.
2. The course related graded exercises to be evaluated as per performance mentioned in
SEE scheme of evaluation.
such as:
1 Understanding 40
3 Analysis 10

semester
Assessment Methods.

Note: Any one model from forging or sheet metal or foundry
Serial no Description Marks

1 Listing of tools & operations required for performing 05
2 Marking of job 05
3 Operation performed 10
4 Dimensional accuracy of job 10
5 Finishing of job 10
6 Viva 10
TOTAL 50
EQUIPMENT LIST:
FOR FORGING PRACTICE

SL.NO NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT NO. OF NO.OF
STUDENTS/BATCH EQUIPMENT
REQUIRED
01 Open hearth furnace 20 04
02 Flat tongs 20 20
03 Round tongs 20 20
04 Anvil 20 05
05 Sledge hammer 20 20
06 Flatener 20 20
07 Swage block 20 05
FOR SHEET METAL PRACTICE

REQUIRED
01 Steel Rule 20 20
02 Try square 20 20

03 Scriber 20 20
04 Shearing machine 20 04
05 Snip 20 20
06 Mallet 20 20
07 Bench vice 20 10
08 Stacks 20 04
FOR FOUNDRYPRACTICE
REQUIRED
01 Moulding boxes 20 20
02 Rammer 20 20
03 Flateners 20 20
04 Steel rule 20 20
05 Try square 20 20
06 Trowel 20 20
07 Strike off bar 20 20
08 Showel 20 05
MODEL QUESTIONS FOR FINAL EXAM
COURSE TITTLE: BASIC WORK SHOP PRACTICE-II
TIME: 3 HOURS MARKS:50
FOR FORGING PRACTICE

1.Prepare the model as per the given sketch

FOR SHEET METAL PRACTICE


FOR FOUNDRYPRACTICE
1.Prepare the model as per the given sketch 2..Prepare the model as per the given sketch

3..Prepare the model as per the given sketch

Course Title: MECHANICAL TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL LAB

Course Code:
15ME37P
Credit :03
Prerequisites: Learning concepts of Strength of Materials and Mechanical Measurements
Course Objectives:
1. Evaluate the Mechanical Properties and quality of the materials used in engineering
applications.
CL Linked Linked PO Teaching
Course Outcome
experiments Hrs
CO1 Examine the Quality of lubricant by finding 1,2,3 1,2,3,6,8, 18

U/A
the properties of lubricants 10
CO2 Enumerate hardness and impact resistance of 4,5 15
U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10
the materials before and after heat treatment
Evaluate the behavior of different materials 6,7,8,9
CO3 experimentally subjected to tensile, U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10 27
compressive, shear and bending loads
CO4 Analyze the measuring dimension with 10,11,12, 15
U/A 13 1,2,3,8,10
specified dimensions on components
C05 14 03
Know about Weld defects/surface cracks U 1,2,3,8,10
Total 78
sessions

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MECHANICAL TESTING
AND QUALITY CONTROL 03 03 03 - - 1 - 03 02 03
LAB

LIST OF GRADED PRACTICAL EXERCISES

The practical/Graded exercises should be properly designed and implemented with an attempt
to develop different types of learning out comes in affective domain and psychomotor
domain, so that students are able to acquire the necessary skills. Following is the list of
experiments to be carried out.
Apprx.
Exer
Hrs.
cise Practical/Exercise
Required
No.
PART A. MECHANICAL TESTING
1 Determine co efficient of friction of ant two oil by using Thurston oil 06
tester and compare their results
2 Determine flash and fire point of any two lubricants of different grade 06
and compare their results
3. Determine viscosity of given oil by using Redwood viscometer/Saybolt 06
viscometer.
4 Calculate Impact Value of Mild Steel, COPPER using CHARPY/ IZOD 06
Impact Test & compare
5 Calculate hardness number by Brinell /Rockwell method Using hardness 09
testing machine
6 Determination of yield stress, ultimate stress, breaking stress, percentage 12
reduction in area, percentage elongation, Young’s modulus by conducting
tension test on Ductile Materials like Mild Steel, Aluminium in Universal
testing machine. Draw Stress Strain Curve for both and compare
7 Find out Compressive Strength of C.I , M.S using Compression Testing 06
Machine
8 Conducting bending test on wood specimen by UTM and evaluate the results 06
9 Conducting Shear test on mild steel specimen by UTM and evaluate the 03
results
PART- B. QUALITY CONTROLL

10 Standard use of basic measuring instruments: Surface plate, v-block, sprit 06
level, combination set, filler gauge, plate gauge, wire gauge, screw pitch
gauge, radius gauge, vernier caliper, micrometer and slip gauges, vernier
height gauge, Vernier depth gaugeto measure dimension of given jobs.
11 Determine unknown angle of component using sine bar and slip gauges. 03
12 Measurement of screw thread elements by using screw thread micrometer, 03
screw pitch gauge.
13 Measurement of gear tooth elements by using gear tooth vernier caliper 03
14 Study on surface defects by Dye penetrant test/ ultrasonic portable 03
equipment(Not for conduction)
TOTAL 78

Teacher and HOD.
1 Ask the students to bring two replaced Automobile/ Mechanical components, ask to select
the instruments and measure the at least three dimensions. Record it in a sheet
2 Market Survey specific to properties of Various type of Materials used in
Mechanical/Automobile industry or Any Engineering industries in local vicinity
3 Take the students for industrial visit for a nearby industry Select any two materials used
for various mechanical engineering applications. Compare their mechanical properties
Course Delivery:
When/Where
To (Frequency Max Evidence Course
Method What
whom in the Marks collected outcomes
course)
Two Tests
(Average of
10 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5
two tests to
be computed)
DIRECT ASSESSMENT
Record
CIE
IA Writing
(Continuous
Tests (Average
Internal 10 Record Book 1,2,3,4,5
marks of each
Evaluation)
Students exercise to be
computed)
Student
05 Report 1,2,3,4,5
Activity
TOTAL 25
SEE
(Semester End End of the Answer scripts
50 1,2,3,4,5
End Exam course at BTE
Examination)
1, 2,3,
Student Feedback on Middle of the Feedback
Delivery of
course course forms
course
ASSESSMENT
1,2,3, 4,5
INDIRECT
Effectiveness
Students of Delivery
End of Course End of the of
Questionnaires
Survey course instructions
&
Assessment
Methods

Note:
1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
RUBRICS MODEL

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Does not collect
topic

Normally
does the
assigned
work

speak much
to speak others

Note: This is only an example. Appropriate rubrics/criteria may be devised by
the concerned faculty (Course Coordinator) for assessing the given activity.
semester
1. Blue books (10 marks)
Assessment Methods

Writing procedure a) One experiment on (Mechanical

1 05+05=10
testing) One experiment on (Quality control)
Conducting of Experiment a) One experiment on

2 Mechanical testing(Group of five)+ One experiment on 10+10=20
Quality control (Individual)
3 Calculation and results,(Both experiments) 15+5=20
TOTAL 50
EQUIPMENT LIST: Quantity : 01 Each

1. Hardness Testing Machine
2. Impact Testing Machine
3. Thurston Oil Tester
4. Pensky Martin Flash & Fire point Equipment
5. Redwood and Saybolt viscometer.
6. Universal Testing Machine – ( 20 ton – 40 ton range)
7. Surface plate, v-block, sprit level, combination set, filler gauge, screw pitch gauge,
radius gauge, verniercaliper, micrometer and slip gauges,vernier height gauge,
Vernier depth gauge
8. Gear Tooth Vernier
9. Universal Bevel Protractor
10. Digital Micrometer
11. Digital Screwgauge
12. Sine Bar & Slip Gauges
13. Spirit Level
14. Surface Plate ( Granite )
15. Wire and plate gauge.

3£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)
Course: Course Code:15KA3NT

3rd Kannada Kali-1 (2016-17)
Semester No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02
No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26
Mode of Assessment and Maximum Marks: 50 (CIE only)

Evaluation: Minimum Passing marks:20
Continuous Internal (IA Tests + Student activities)
Evaluation (CIE)only.
I.A Tests:30 Marks (3 Tests)
Student activities: 20 Marks
GzÉÝÃ±À:
1. PÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ, UÀæ»¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ, ¤gÀUÀð¼ÀªÁV ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁV NzÀÄªÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀ (C©üªÀåQÛ¸ÀÄªÀ)

¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
2. eÁÕ£Ádð£É, ¸Á»vÁå©ügÀÄa, aAvÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D£ÀAzÀPÁÌV ¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV NzÀ®Ä, §gÉAiÀÄ®Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä
¸ÀªÀÄxÀðgÁUÀÄªÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
3. ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÛ£ÀÄß ºÉaÑ¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀàµÀÖ GZÁÑgÀuÉAiÉÆqÀ£É °TvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiËTPÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁr¹,
¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §¼ÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
4. £ÁqÀÄ-£ÀÄr, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀåUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DwäAiÀÄ ¨sÁªÁ©üªÀiÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
5. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ½AzÀ ¨sÁµÁ PË±À®åzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ªÀiÁr¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ./PÀ°¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
(QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉ JAzÀgÉ, ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, ªÁåPÀgÀtzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, UÀÄtÂvÁPÀëgÀ,
¸ÀAAiÀÄÄPÁÛPÀëgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁªÀÄ¥ÀzÀ, °AUÀ, ªÀZÀ£À, ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É (PÀvÀÈ, PÀªÀÄð, QæAiÀiÁ¥ÀzÀ) EvÁå¢)
¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¨sÁµÁ PË±À®å

(PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-¥ÀoÀå¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ -²æÃ °AUÀzÉÃªÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉÃªÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À)
¨sÁUÀ-1
¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ¸ÉªÉÄ¸ÀÖgï ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£À DªÀ¢ü
PÀæªÀiÁAPÀ ¥ÀoÀåªÀ¸ÀÄÛ«£À «ªÀgÀ - Curriculum Content Total no.of
Lesson Classes /Sem
No
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ/ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É/’PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°’AiÀÄÄªÀ «zsÁ£À PÀÄjvÀ ªÀiÁ»w 02
1 Introducing each other Personal Pronouns, 03
Possessive forms and Interrogative words
1. £ÁªÀÅ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÉ 2. CPÀëgÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
2 Introducing each other Personal Pronouns, 02
Possessive forms – Yes/No Type Interrogative
3 About Ramayana. Possessive forms of nouns, 02
dubitive question, Relative nouns.
¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ
4 Enquiring about college. Qualitative and 02
quantitative adjectives.
5 Enquiring about room. Predicative forms, 02
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðÃ±À£Á®AiÀÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ Page 1

locative case.
6 Vegetable Market. Dative case, basic numerals. 02
7 About Medical college. Ordinal numerals, plural 02
markers.
8 In a cloth shop. Color adjectives, defective 02
verbs
9 Plan to go for picnic - imperative, permissive 02
and hortative
10 Enquiring about one’s family, Verb iru, and 02
corresponding negation
PÀ£ÀßqÀ avÀæ¥ÀlUÀ¼À°è£À CPÀëgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀÄgÀÄw¹ N¢
¢£À¥ÀwæPÉ NzÀÄªÀ ºÀªÁå¸À--¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄzÀ §UÉÎ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 03
MlÄÖ UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 26
¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:
 F ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ªÀÄÆ® GzÉÝÃ±À PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀåªÀºÀj¸ÀÄªÀAvÉ
ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÁVzÉ. “PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°” ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ°£À ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À eÉÆvÉUÉ “QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉ”¬ÄAzÀ
UÀ½¸ÀÄªÀ CPÀëgÀ eÁÕ£À¢AzÀ ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ ºÉaÑ¹, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. (CªÀÄä,
ªÉÆ¨ÉÊ¯ï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁlPÀ, d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ¯É, £Ár£À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ, ¸ÉßÃ»vÀ,
vÀgÀPÁj, zÉÆÃ¸É, wAr, ¤zÉÝ, ©¹, ZÀ½, DPÁ±À, NzÀÄ, EvÁå¢ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ
ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 25-50 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À QgÀÄ ¯ÉÃR£À gÀZÀ£É).
 vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀzÀ°è (PÁè¸ï C¸ÉÊ£ïªÉÄAmï) PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯ÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀ, ªÀåAd£ÀUÀ¼À CPÀëgÀUÀ¼À
§gÀªÀtÂUÉ C¨sÁå¸À, ªÀåAd£ÀUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀégÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀÄ«PÉ, CPÀëgÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀzÀgÀZÀ£É, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
¸ÉÃj¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ(UÉ, ¬ÄAzÀ, C£ÀÄß, C°è, UÀ¼ÀÄ, JAzÀÄ.....EvÁå¢ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ°è §gÀÄªÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½UÉ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ
¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÉÃj¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ) ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀå gÀZÀ£É. ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁoÀ 1-10gÀ ¥ÀoÁåAvÀåzÀ°è §gÀÄªÀ
C¨sÁå¸ÀUÀ¼À°è Dj¹zÀ C¨sÁå¸À ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §gÉ¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÁoÀ-20 gÀ ¹Ìç¥ïÖ- C£ÀÄß DzsÁgÀªÁVlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ
C¨sÁå¸À ªÀiÁr¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
DPÀgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:
1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-²æÃ °AUÀzÉÃªÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉÃªÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
2. ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
3. ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- JA.« £ÁUÀgÁdgÁªï/EvÀgÉ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¥Àætw-¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ¦AiÀÄÄ¹ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ¥ÀoÀå.
5. ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀzÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
¥ÀjÃPÉë ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À «zsÁ£À (3£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï)

¤gÀAvÀgÀ CAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À- Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) only.
PÀæ.¸ÀA. ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ «ªÀgÀ UÀjµÁ×APÀ GwÛÃtðvÉUÉ
PÀ¤µÁ×APÀ
01 DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ªÀÄÆgÀÄ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 30
(I A Tests) (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀtÂ¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ)
02 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ PË±À¯Áå©üªÀÈ¢Ý ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 20
ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀtÂ¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ)
(Student Activities)
MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 50 20

Course outcome:
1. Developing listening and speaking skills.
2. Easy Interaction with peers.
3. Students can use the language at ease in daily life situations
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±Éß¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:
¤gÀAvÀgÀ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ½UÉ F PÉ¼ÀV£À ªÀiÁzÀjAiÀÄ°è ¥Àæ±Éß¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß

¹zÀÞ¥Àr¹ £ÀqÉ¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ “PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°” ¥ÀoÀåzÀ PÀ°PÉ «ªÀgÀuÉ (¨sÁµÁ¨sÁå¸À) ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÁ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CAvÀåzÀ°è C¨sÁå¸À ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀzÀ°è §gÀÄªÀ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼À «zsÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀAiÀiÁðAiÀÄªÁV §¼À¹PÉÆAqÀÄ
¥Àæ±Éß¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß vÀAiÀiÁj¹PÉÆ¼Àî§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁ 3£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉë
¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 60 ¤«ÄµÀUÀ¼ÀÄ CAPÀ: 30

---------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words.(Any FOUR) 1X4=04
i) nimma raajya.......................?
ii) adu..............pustaka?
iii) avana ............. hesaru suratkal injiniyaring kaaleju.
iv) ondu ruupaayige..............paise.
v) aval.ige hindustaani sanita tumba..................
vi) nanage ninna sahavaasa khanDitaa.................
vii) avanu nimma ................. ....?
II. Use the following words (any FOUR) in your own sentences. 1X4=04
1.adhyaapaki 2.snehita 3. Vyaapaara 4.keTTa 5. Hasiru 6.angadi 7.taaja
III. Answer the following questions (any FOUR) 1X4=04

(a) nimma uuru yaavudu?
(b) nivu diploma vidyaarthinaa?
(c) nimma pennige estu ruupaaye?
(d) nimma maatrubhaashe yaavudu?
(e) nimage tingalige eshtu ruupaayi beeku?
(f) nimma mane/ruumu elli ide?
IV. Translate the following sentence in Kannada. (any FOUR) 4X2=08

1. Kannada is the language of Karnataka.
2. My book is in my house.
3. We have two houses in Bangalore.
4. How much is this Pumpkin weighs?
5. I want two packets of biscuits.
6. How much do you pay rent for your room?
7. What else do you want?

V. PÉ¼ÀV£ÀªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÆA¢¹ §gÉ¬Äj. (Match the following) 1X4=04
1. ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è 1.EzÉ
2. ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ¯É 2.eldest son
3. Jaaga-eÁUÀ 3.EwÃðj
4. Hiri maga 4.space
VI. (1) Change into interragative using the underlined word. (Any Three) 1X3=03
1. Ivattu guruvaara.
2. evattu hattanee taariku
3. Aval hesaru liila.
4. Avara maatrabhaashe telagu alla.
5. Vavige ippttaydu ruupaayei beeku.
6. Adu maalatiya mane.
(2) change into Interrogate. (Any THREE) 1X3=03

1.ºËzÀÄ, EzÀÄ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ.
2. DUÀ°, ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt.
3. FUÀ MAzÀÆªÀgÉ UÀAmÉ.
4. CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
5. £Á« ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt.
6. CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ°.
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw
 ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ ¸À«Äw:
1. ²æÃ n J¯ï gÀ«ÃAzÀæ, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÀPÁðj f.Dgï.L.¹.¦ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

2. ²æÃ n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï, vÀÄªÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.
 ¸À®ºÁ ¸À«ÄwAiÀÄ ¨ÁºÀå ¸ÀA¥À£ÀÆä® ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ.
1. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) r. ¥ÁAqÀÄgÀAUÀ ¨Á§Ä, PÀÄ®¸ÀaªÀgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.

2. ¥ÉÆ.æ (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀÄªÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁ å¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «¨sÁUÀ ,
¸ÀPÁðj PÀ¯Á PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) eÉ ¨Á®PÀÈµÀÚ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ºÁUÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå¸ÀÜgÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ CzsÀåAiÀÄ£À «¨sÁUÀ,
PÀÈ¶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, (fPÉ«PÉ) ºÉ¨Áâ¼À, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ.

KARNATAKA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION, BENGALURU.
TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR KANNADA COURSE IN DIPLOMA PROGRAME
SEMESTER: III COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
SL.N0 COURSE Teaching scheme Examination scheme
/QP CODE Contact hours
Department
COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam End exam Maximum Minimum
Teaching
paper Max Min CIE Marks Marks for
duration marks marks passing.
in Hrs (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-1 KA 15KA3NT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA3KT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
KANNADA -1
CIE- Continuous Internal Examination: SEE-Semester End Examination: IA-Internal Assessment Tests: SA- Student Activity.
Note: 1. Candidates studied Kannada as one subject in 10th standard shall take Tantrika Kannada 1 &2. Others may take “Kannada Kali-1&2”.
2. In 3rd Semester- Assessment is only by CIE and no SEE. Average marks of three I A tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit. Rubrics to
be devised appropriately to assess student activity.

SEMESTER: IV COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
Department
COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam Sem End Exam Maximum Minimum
Teaching

duration Exam Passing passing.
in Hrs Marks Marks (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-2 KA 15KA4NT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA4KT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
KANNADA -2
Note: In 4th Semester- Assessment is only by SEE and no CIE. To award diploma certificate, passing in Kannada course is mandatory. However
Kannada course is not included in the eligibility criteria for promotion to the higher semester.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðÃ±À£Á®AiÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ r¥ÉÆèªÀiÁ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ Page 1

r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁ-vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)
3£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -1 ( ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÁ PË±À®å ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ)
¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
Course: Course Code:15KA3KT
vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -1 (2016-17)
3rd No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02
Semester No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26
Mode of Assessment and Maximum Marks: 50 (CIE only)

Evaluation: Minimum Passing marks:20
Continuous Internal (IA Tests + Student activities)
Evaluation (CIE)only.
I.A Tests:30 Marks
(3 Tests)
Student activities:
20 Marks
¥ÀoÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ/¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ/¥ÀæPÀluÉ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï

¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÁªÀ¢ü
UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
EwºÁ¸À 1 ‘¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw’- zÉÃ.eÉ.UË (£Álå ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw-zÉÃ.eÉ.UË) 02
¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw 2 £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¨ÉÃPÁVgÀÄªÀ EAVèµï- PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ 02
¥Àj¸ÀgÀ 3 D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀÄ - © f J¯ï ¸Áé«Ä 02
QæÃqÉ/fÃªÀ£ÀPÀ¯É 4 ¸ÉÆÃ¯ÉA§ÄzÀÄ C®à«gÁªÀÄ - £ÉÃ«ÄZÀAzÀæ 02
AiÀÄ±ÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt 5 §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß ¦æÃw¹zÉ ¸ÀAvÀ - JZï.Dgï.gÁªÀÄPÀÈµÀÚ (PÀ¯ÁAgÀ 02
ªÀåQÛ avÀæ)
vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À 6 ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼ÀzÀ°è – eÉ.¨Á®PÀÈµÀÚ 02
¨sÁµÁ PË±À®å 7 *ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ: ¸ÀºÀd ¨sÁµÁ §¼ÀPÉ: 06
ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ .D±ÀÄ ¨sÁµÀt> ««zsÀ gÀZÀ£ÁvÀäPÀ/zÉÊ£ÀA¢£À §¼ÀPÉ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ,
ªÀåQÛ, ¨sÁªÀ£ÉUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É.
MAzÀÄ ¸ÀtÚ KPÁAPÀ (5-10 ¤«ÄµÀ) £ÁlPÀ.
ªÀiÁzÀj ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À (£ÉÃªÀÄPÁwUÁV ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À)
°TvÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 8 «¸ÀÛgÀuÉ: £ÀÄrUÀlÄÖUÀ¼ÀÄ-¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀtÚ 06

ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É
¥ÀAiÀiÁðAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀÅzÀÄ(GzÁ:
§¼À¸ÀÄ=G¥ÀAiÉÆÃV¸ÀÄ, PÁAiÀÄÄ= ¤jÃQë¸ÀÄ,
aAw¸ÀÄ=AiÉÆÃa¸ÀÄ, PÀÆr¸ÀÄ«PÉ=¸ÉÃj¸ÀÄ«PÉ.......EvÁå¢)
DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 02

vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1
3£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)
1. ¥ÀoÀågÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw
2. ¤zÉÃð±ÀPÀgÀ ªÀÄÄ£ÀÄßr
3. ¥ÀoÀå gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw ªÀiÁvÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ
4. ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
¥Àj«r
UÀzÀå «ºÁgÀ
1. £Álå ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw (EwºÁ¸À) - zÉ.eÉ.UË
2. £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¨ÉÃPÁVgÀÄªÀ EAVèµï (¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw) _ PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ
3. ¸ÉÆÃ¯ÉA§ÄzÀÄ C®à«gÁªÀÄ (QæÃqÉ/fÃªÀ£ÀPÀ¯É) - £ÉÃ«ÄZÀAzÀæ
4. D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀÄ (¥Àj¸ÀgÀ) _ ©.f.J¯ï.¸Áé«Ä
5. §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß ¦æÃw¹zÀ ¸ÀAvÀ (AiÀÄ±ÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt) – JZï.Dgï.gÁªÀÄPÀÈµÀÚ
6. ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼ÀzÀ°è..... - qÁ:eÉ.¨Á®PÀÈµÀÚ
¨sÁµÁ PË±À®å-ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
7. ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
8. °TvÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
Course outcome:
¥ÀjÃPÉë ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À «zsÁ£À (3£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï)

¤gÀAvÀgÀ CAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À- Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) only.
PÀæ.¸ÀA. ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ «ªÀgÀ UÀjµÁ×APÀ GwÛÃtðvÉUÉ
PÀ¤µÁ×APÀ
01 DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ªÀÄÆgÀÄ DAvÀjPÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÀ¼ÀÄ 30
(I A Tests) (¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀtÂ¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ)
02 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÁ PË±À¯Áå©üªÀÈ¢Ý ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 20
ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (vÁAwæPÀ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ/C±ÀÄ¨sÁµÀt/ZÀZÉð/vÁAwæPÀ PÉëÃvÀæUÀ¼À°è£À
(Student Activities) C«µÁÌgÀUÀ¼À §UÉÎ «±ÉèÃµÀuÉ EvÁå¢.)
(¸ÀgÁ¸Àj CAPÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¥ÀjUÀtÂ¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ)
MlÄÖ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 50 20

¸ÀÆZÀ£É:
¨sÁµÁ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ½UÁV vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀzÀ°è (vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ ¥ÀæUÀw¥ÀgÀ ªÀiË®åªÀiÁ¥À£À). UÁzÉUÀ¼À
«¸ÀÛgÀuÉ, £ÀÄrUÀlÄÖUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÉ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ¸Á»vÀå ¨sÁUÀzÀ ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛgÀ-
n¥ÀàtÂ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ±À¨ÁÝxÀðzÀ°è §gÀÄªÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀå gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
 ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±Éß¥ÀwæPÉ
3£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï- vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-1 (PÀ£ÀßqÀ§®è «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)
¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 1.00 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:30
¸ÀÆZÀ£É: PÉ¼ÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼À ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ªÁåPÀgÀtzÉÆÃµÀ«®èzÀAvÉ GvÀÛj¹.

****
1. F PÉ¼ÀV£À 04 ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀÆtð ªÁPÀåzÀ°è GvÀÛj¹. 1*4=04
(C) £Álå AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ºÀÄnÖPÉÆArvÀÄ?
(D) D£É ºÀ¼ÀîzÀ PÁr£À°è £Á¥ÀvÉÛAiÀiÁzÀ ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½¹.
(E) gÁµÀÖç¥ÀwAiÀiÁV DAiÉÄÌAiÀiÁzÁUÀ PÀ¯ÁA CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ºÉÃ½zÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄUÀ¼ÉÃ£ÀÄ?
(F) ªÀÄAUÀ¼À£À CAUÀ¼À vÀ®Ä¦zÀ ªÉÆzÀ® CAvÀjPÀë £ËPÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?
(G) ‘ºÀUÀ®ÄUÀ£À¸ÀÄ’ £ÀÄrUÀlÖ£ÀÄß §¼À¹ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåªÀ£ÀÄß gÀa¹.
(H) ‘¹»PÀ»’ eÉÆÃqÀÄ¥ÀzÀªÀ£ÀÄß MAzÀÄ ªÁPÀåzÀ°è §¼À¹.
2. PÉ¼ÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ £Á®Ä ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ PÀ¤µÀÖ LzÁgÀÄ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À°è GvÀÛj¹. 4*4=16

(1) PÀÄªÉA¥ÀÄ CªÀgÀÄ EAVèµ ï PÀ°AiÀÄÄªÀªÀgÀ£ÀÄß JµÀÄÖ «¨sÁUÀªÁV ºÉÃUÉ «AUÀr¹zÁÝgÉ?
(2) PÀ¯ÁA CªÀgÀ AiÀÄ±À¹ì£À ªÀÄAvÀæUÀ¼ÉÃ£ÀÄ?
(3) UÁzÉUÀ¼À ªÀÄºÀvÀéªÉÃ£ÀÄ? ¤ªÀÄUÉ UÉÆwÛgÀÄªÀ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ JgÀqÀÄ UÁzÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉ¸Àj¹.
(4) ¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è §¼À¸ÀÄªÀ ¨sÁµÉ ºÉÃVgÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ?
(5) £ÉÃ«ÄZÀAzÀægÀ ‘¸Á«£ÀvÀÛ MAzÀÄ ºÉeÉÓ……’ PÀvÉ N¢zÀ ºÀÄqÀÄV vÀ£Àß ¸ÉÆÃ°¤AzÀ ºÉÆgÀUÉ §AzÀzÀÄÝ ºÉÃUÉ?
(6) ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£À JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ? «ªÀj¹.
3. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉ JgÀqÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹. 2*5=10

(1) £ÁlåPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è AiÀÄPÀëUÁ£À PÀ¯É ¥ÀæªÀÄÄRªÁzÀÄzÀÄ. EzÀgÀ ºÀÄlÄÖ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁå¦Û §UÉÎ w½¹.
(2) ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀAiÀiÁ£ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå GzÉÝÃ±ÀUÀ¼ÉÃ£ÀÄ?
(3) ‘ªÀiÁ£À«ÃAiÀÄ ªÀiË®åUÀ¼ÀÄ’, CAvÀgÀeÁ® - JgÀqÀgÀ°è MAzÀPÉÌ ¸ÀÄªÀiÁgÀÄ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀÄlzÀµÀÄÖ
¥Àæ§AzsÀ §gÉ¬Äj.
(4) GzÉÆåÃUÀzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ±Àð£ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀÄªÁUÀ ªÀiÁrPÉÆ¼Àî¨ÉÃPÁzÀ ¥ÀÆªÀð¹zÀÞvÉUÀ¼ÉÃ£ÀÄ?.
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ºÁUÀÄ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ ¸À«Äw



3. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) PÉ ªÉÊ £ÁgÁAiÀÄt ¸Áé«Ä, ¸ÀºÀ ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¸ÁßvÀPÉÆÃvÀÛgÀ «¨sÁUÀ,

Course Title: HYDRAULICS & PNEUMATICS
Course Code:
15ME41T
Credit :04
Study & Quiz Core
Prerequisites: Knowledge of basic mathematics and Science.
Course Objectives:
1. To gain knowledge on the fundamental aspects of fluid flow physics and

properties of fluid flow and selection of hydraulic machinery for relevant
applications.
2. To learn various flow measurement techniques.
Course Outcomes:
Course Outcome PO
CO1 Understand fluid dynamics R/U/A 1,2,3,10 07
Analyze the application of mass,
momentum and energy equation in fluid R/U/A 1,2,3,10 09
CO2
flow.
Calculate and compare flow rates, pressure 1,2,3,6,
changes, minor and major head losses for R/U/A 06
CO3 10
viscous flows through pipes
Evaluate the performance of Hydraulic 1,2,3,4,6,
turbines and operation and performance of U/A 10
CO4
centrifugal and reciprocating pumps 10
Apply knowledge and Select, operate and
maintain various hydraulic elements for a
1,2,3,4,6,
particular low cost automation application in R/U/A 10
sustainable manufacturing system and its 10
CO5
impact on society
Apply knowledge and Select, operate and
maintain various pneumatic elements for a
particular low cost automation application in R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10 10
sustainable manufacturing system and its
CO6
impact on society.
Total sessions 52

SEE/MARKS
R U A
INTRODUCTION TO 5 10 5 20 14
1
07
HYDRAULICS
DYNAMICS OF 5 5 15 25 17
2
09
FLUIDS
FLOW THROUGH 5 5 5 15 12
3
06
PIPES
HYDRAULIC -- 10 20 30 19
4
10
MACHINES
HYDRAULIC 10 5 10 15 30 19
5
SYSTEMS
6
PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS 10 5 10 10 25 19
Total 52 25 50 70 145 100

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MECHANICAL
3 3 3 2 - 2 - - - 3
MEASUREMENTS
COURSE CONTENTS
UNITI: INTRODUCTION TO HYDRAULICS 07Hrs
Fluid- Concept and classification of fluid-Newton’s law viscosity-Properties of fluid-

Density, Specific gravity, Specific Weight, Specific Volume- Dynamic Viscosity, Kinematic
Viscosity, Surface tension, Capillarity, Vapour Pressure, Compressibility-Fluid pressure,
Pressure head, Pressure intensity-Concept of absolute vacuum, gauge pressure, atmospheric
Pressure-pressure,- Simple and differential manometers, Bourdon pressure gauge.
UNTII: DYNAMICS OF FLUIDS 09Hrs

2

Fluid flow-Types of fluid flows-Continuity equation-Bernoulli’s theorem-Venturi meter–
Construction, principle of working, Coefficient of discharge, Discharge through venture
meter.- Orifice meter-Pitot tube – Construction, Principle of working,- hydraulic coefficients
-Numerical on Bernoulli’s theorem, venturi meter, orifice meter.
UNITIII: FLOW THROUGH PIPES 06Hrs
Concepts of fluid friction- Loss of head due to friction- Minor losses in pipes -Darcy’s
equation and Chezy’s equation for frictional losses.- -Hydraulic gradient and total gradient
line.- Hydraulic power transmission through pipe- Numerical to estimate Loss of head due to
friction and major and minor losses- Power transmission. Concept of water hammer in pipes.
UNIT IV: HYDRAULIC MACHINES 10Hrs
Hydraulic turbines- Classification of turbine -Construction and working principle of Pelton

wheel, Francis and Kaplan turbine.-Use of Penstock, Anchor Block, Surge tank and Draft
tube. Concept of cavitations in turbines- Simple Numerical on Calculation of Discharge,
Work done, Power, efficiency of turbine(Exclude Francis turbine)
Pumps- classification of pumps – construction and working of Centrifugal pump- Need for
priming of centrifugal pump–multistage centrifugal pump. Reciprocating pump-types-
construction and working- Air Vessel-Slip-Simple Numerical on Calculation of discharge,
Work done, Power, efficiency of pumps-construction and working Submersible pump
UNIT V: HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 10Hrs
Hydraulic systems- layout of oil hydraulic systems-. Advantages of hydraulic systems-

Components of Hydraulic systems- Pumps– Vane pump, gear pump, screw pump,-Valves –
working and symbols of Pressure control valves – pressure relief valve, Direction control
valves - 3/2, 5/2 valves,-Sequence valves.-Flow control valves–Actuators- Linear Actuators –
Cylinders - single acting, double acting - Hydraulic motors-Accumulators-Types.
UNIT VI: PNEUMATICSYSTEM 10Hrs
Pneumatic system- General layout of pneumatic system-Advantages of pneumatic systems-

Components of pneumatic system- Compressor – Reciprocating.-construction and working of
FRL unit- working and symbols of-Control Valves – Pressure regulating valves, Flow
Control valves, Direction Control Valves.-Actuators - Cylinders- single acting and double
acting - Air motors,- piston motor-unit- - Pneumatic Symbols- ports and positions
® TEXT BOOKS

1. Bansal. R.K.,“Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machines”, 9th Edition,
LaxmiPublicationsPrivate Limited, New Delhi. 2011.
2. R.S.Khurmi, “Fluid Mechanics and Machinery”,S.Chand and Company, 2nd
Edition, 2007.
3. Hydraulics & Pneumatics – Andrew Parr, Jaico Publishing House New Delhi.
4. Hydraulic and Pneumatic Controls Understanding Made Easy- K.S.Sundaram,-
S.chand Company Delhi
REFERENCES
1. Ramamritham. S, “Fluid Mechanics, Hydraulics and Fluid Machines”,
DhanpatRai&Sons,Delhi, 2004.
2. Kumar. K.L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, 7th Edition, Eurasia Publishing
House PrivateLimited, New Delhi, 1995.
3. P. N Modi and S. M. Seth, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulics
Machines”, 19th Edition, Standard Book House, 2013
4 Bansal R. K, “Strength of Materials”,Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2012.
5. Oil Hydraulic Systems- Majumdar, S.R. -Tata McGraw-Hill Publication, 3/e, 2013
6. Hydraulic and Pneumatic Controls- Srinivasan, R.- Vijay Nicole Imprints Private
Limited, 2/e, 2008
7. Pneumatic And Pneumatics Controls -Understanding Made Easy -
K.S.Sundaram,-S.chand Company Delhi
8. Pneumatic Systems - Majumdar, S.R. -Tata McGraw-Hill Publication, 3/e, 2013
1. www.youtube.com/watch?v=VyR8aeioQrU
2. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=R6_q5gxf4vs
3. www.howstuffworks.com
4. . http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT- KANPUR/machine/ui/TOC.htm
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F_7OhKUYV5c&list=PLE17B519F3ACF9376
6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zOJ6gWDMTfE&list=PLC242EBB626D5FFB5
7. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0p03UTgpnDU
8. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A3ormYVZMXE
9. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TjzKpke0nSU
10. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vl7GteLxgdQ
11. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cIdMNOysMGI
12. www.boschrexroth.co.in
13. http://www.automationstudio.com/
14. http://www.howstuffworks.com/search.php?terms=hydraulics
15. http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/fluid.html#flucon
16. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FVR7AC8ExIM
17. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iOXRoYHdCV0
18. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qDinpuq4T0U
19. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xxoAm3X4iw0
20. www.festo.com
21. www.boschrexroth.co.in
22. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
23. http://www.howstuffworks.com/search.php?terms=pneumatics
4

24. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MbKrIieogNc
25. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7JuNbHb5NrQ
26. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NakOoD-G0IY
27. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bG2mCiQgbwE
28. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cB3OCPqmUDQ
29. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5q7YasmwXCs
30. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a5Ebx__l5-g
Course Delivery:
∑ Teachers can prepare or download ppt of different topic’s Hydraulic power engineering
application, can prepare alternative slides.
∑ Prepare/Download a dynamic animation to illustrate the following:

• Working principle of hydraulic pumps/Hydraulic devices
• Working principle of hydraulic valves and actuators/ Pneumatic valves and actuators
∑ Each student should do any one of the following type activity or similar activity
related to the course and before take up, get it approved from concerned Teacher and
HOD.
1 Each student will give an activity to prepare a tabulated summary for types of fluid which
is available around city (Summary includes properties of fluid indicated in chapter-1)
2 List out any five pressure measuring devices available in market with its specifications and
current market price.
3 Each student will give an activity to prepare a tabulated summary for types of pipes
available in market. (Summary includes type, specification, size range, material, rate and
applications).
4 Identify any one hydraulic pump and one prime mover available in market in a group of
five students with detail specifications and current price.
5 Visit a nearby related Earth moving equipments service centre and prepare a summary of
hydro-pneumatic devices used along with their specifications
6 Motivate student to take case study on Low Cost Automation to inculcate self and
continuous learning

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Does not collect
topic
5


Normally
does the
assigned
work

speak much
to speak others

What To When/Where Max Evidence Course

who (Frequency in Marks collected outcomes
m the course)
Direct CIE IA Three IA
Assessment tests(Average of
20 Blue books
three tests will be
Students
1,2,3,4,5,6
computed)
Student
05 Activity sheets
Activities
100 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam at BTE
Indirect Student Middle of the 1 & 2,3
Feedback
Assessment Feedback on course Delivery of
forms
course course
Students

Course Effectiveness
Survey of Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
such as:
1 Understanding 45
3 Analysis 20

semester
Assessment Method
HYDRAULICS &
Ex: I test/6 th weak of I/II SEM
PNEUMATICS 20
sem 10-11 Am
Year:
CO’s:____
Question
no
1
2
3
4

HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS

Part A 6x5=30 marks
1. List the different properties of the fluid.

2. Define the following
i) Laminar flow ii) Turbulent flow,
iii)Steady flow iv) Uniform flow
3.Identify major energy losses and minor energy losses.
4.State the applications of Hydraulics system.
5.Explain manometer and classify.
6.Classify of control valves.
7.Explain the general layout of pneumatic system.
8.The water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 200 mm and 100 mm at sections
1 and 2 respectively. The rate of flow through pipe is 35 litres/sec. The section 1 is 6 m

above datum and section 2 is 4 m above datum. If the pressure at section 1 is 39.24 X 104
N/m2 ,find the intensity of pressure at section 2.
9.APelton wheel develops 2000KW under a head of 100meters, and with an overall
efficiency of 85%. Find the diameter of the nozzle, if the coefficient of velocity for the
nozzle is 0.98.
Part-B
10. a)Explain with neat sketch the pitot tube. 04

b)An oil of specific gravity 0.8 is flowing through a venturi meter having inlet
06diameter 200mm and throat diameter 100mm .The oil-mercury differential manometer
shows a reading of 250 mm. Calculate the discharge of oil through the horizontal venturi
meter. Take Cd = 0.98.
11.a)Indicate the factors for selection of Hydraulic turbine. 04
b)A Pelton wheel develops 2000KW under a head of 100meters, and with an overall
efficiency of 85%. Find the diameter of the nozzle, if the coefficient of velocity for
the nozzle is 0.98.
12. a)Write short on air motors.
b)Explain with neat sketch, the double-acting cylinder.
13.a)Sketch and explain the gear pump.
b)Sketch and explain the Spring loaded Accumulator.
14.a)Explain hydraulic gradient and total energy lines.
b)Find the loss of head, due to friction, in a pipe of 500 mm diameter
and 1.5 kilometres long. The velocity of water in the pipe is 1m/s.
Take co-efficient of friction as 0.005.
15.a)Classify of control valves. 4
b)Sketch and explain the 5/2 DC valve. 6
16.a) Explain the terms with units. 4
i) Dynamic viscosity ii)kinematic viscosity.
b)Illustrate the relationship between different pressure with diagram. 6
17.a)Explain the continuity equation and Bernoulli’s equation. 5
b)Explain with neat sketch the working of multistage pump for high head. 5
18.a)Explain slip, negative slip and Percentage Slip of Reciprocating pump. 5
b)Explain briefly FRL unit.
19.Distinguish between : 10.
i) Steady flow and unsteady flow ii) Uniform and non uniform flow
iii) Compressible and incompressible flow iv) Rotational and irrotational flow

MODEL QUESTION BANK
HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS
CO-1:UNDERSTAND FLUID DYNAMICS
Remembrance
1. Define the following properties:
a)Density b) Weight density c) Specific volume
d)Specific gravity e) Viscosity
2. Define the following properties
a) Dynamic viscosity b)kinematic viscosity.
c)Surface tension.
3.Define Newtonian and non Newtonian fluids
4.Defineand explain Newton’s law of viscosity.
5.Describe manometer. How are they classified.
6.List the different properties of the fluid.
7.Define a)Atmospheric pressure, b)Gauge pressure c)Absolute pressure.
Understanding
1. Explain the terms with units.
a) Dynamic viscosity b)kinematic viscosity.
2. Explain surface tension.
3. Explain the phenomenon of capillary tube.
4. Distinguish between ideal fluids and real fluid.
5. Distinguish between manometers and mechanical gauges and list different types
Of mechanical pressure gauges.
6.Explain manometer and classify.
Application
1 .Explain with a neat sketch explain Bourdon’s tube pressure gauge.
2. Explain with a neat sketch Simple monometer.
3. Explain with a neat sketch Differential manometer.
4. Illustrate the relationship between different pressure with diagram.
5. Write different advantages and disadvantages of manometer.
CO-2:ANALYZE THE APPLICATION OF MASS, MOMENTUM AND ENERGY EQUATION IN

FLUID FLOW.
Remembrance
1. Define equation of continuity.
9

i) Laminar flow ii) Turbulent flow,
iii)Steady flow iv) Uniform flow
i) Compressible fluid ii) Incompressible flow
4. State Bernoulli’s theorem for steady flow of an incompressible fluid.
5. State the Bernoulli’s theorem. Mention the assumptions made.
6. Define continuity equation and Bernoulli’s equation.
7. List the different applications of Bernoulli’s theorem .
8. Define hydraulics co-efficient.
Understanding
9. Explain equation of continuity.
10. Distinguish between :
i) Steady flow and unsteady flow ii) Uniform and nonuniform flow
iii) Compressible and incompressible flow iv) Rotational and irrotational flow
v) Laminar and Turbulent flow
11. Explain pitot tube.
12. Explain the continuity equation and Bernoulli’s equation.
Application
13. Explain with neat sketch the pitot tube.
14. Explain the working orifice meter with neat sketch.
15. Explain the principal of venturi meter with a neat sketch.
16. Water is flowing through a pipe of 50 mm diameter under a pressure of
29.43X104N/m2 and with mean velocity of 2.0m/s. Find the total head or total energy
per unit weight of the water at a cross-section, which is 5m above the datum line.
17. A pipe through which water is flowing, is having diameters 200mm and 100mm at the
cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively. The velocity of water at section 1 is given 4.0m/s.
Find the velocity head at sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge.
18. The water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 200 mm and 100 mm at sections 1
and 2 respectively. The rate of flow through pipe is 35 litres/sec. The section 1 is 6 m
above datum and section 2 is 4 m above datum. If the pressure at section 1 is 39.24 X 104
N/m2 ,find the intensity of pressure at section 2.
19. Water is flowing through a pipe having diameter 300 mm and 200 mm at the bottom and
upper end respectively. The intensity of pressure at the bottom end is 24.525 X 104N/m2
and the pressure at the upper end is 9.81 X 104 N/m2.Determine the difference in datum
head if the rate of flow through pipe is 40 lit/sec.
20. The water is flowing through a taper pipe of length 100 m having diameters 600 mm at
the upper end and 300 mm at the lower end, at the rate of 50 litres/sec. The pipe has a
slope of 1 in 30. Find the pressure at the lower end if the pressure at the higher level is
19.62X104 N/m2
10

21. A horizontal venture meter with inlet and throat diameters 300mm and 150mm
respectively is used to measure the flow of water. The reading of differential manometer
connected to the inlet and throat is 200mm mercury. Determine the rate of flow. Take Cd
= 0.98.
22. An oil of specific gravity 0.8 is flowing through a venturi meter having inlet diameter
200mm and throat diameter 100mm .The oil-mercury differential manometer shows a
reading of 250 mm. Calculate the discharge of oil through the horizontal venturi meter.
Take Cd = 0.98.
23. A horizontal venturi meter with inlet diameter 200mm and throat diameter 100mm is
used to measure the flow of oil of specific gravity 0.8. The discharge of oil through
venturi meter is 60 litres/sec. Find the reading of the oil-mercury differential manometer.
Take Cd = 0.98.
24. A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 400mm and 200mm at the
cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively. The velocity of water at section 1 is given 5.0 m/s.
Find the velocity head at section 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge.
25. An oil of specific gravity 0.9 is flowing through a venturi meter having inlet diameter
200mm and throat diameter 100mm. The oil-mercury differential manometer shows a
reading of 200mm. Calculate the discharge of oil through the horizontal venturi meter.
Take Cd = 0.98.
26. The water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 200 mm and 150mm at section 1
and section 2 respectively. The rate of flow through pipe is 40 liters/sec. The section 1 is
6m above the datum line and section 2 is 3m above the datum. If the pressure at section 1
is 29.43X104N/m2 , find the intensity of pressure at section 2.
27. A horizontal venturi meter with inlet and throat diameters 300mm and 150mm
respectively is used to measure the flow of water. The reading of differential manometer
connected to inlet throat is 100mm of mercury. Determine the rate of flow.
Take Cd = 0.98 .
28. The water is flowing through a taper pipe of length 50m having diameters 400mm at the
upper end and 200mm at the lower end, at the rate of 60 liters/sec. The pipe has a slope
of 1 in 40. Find the pressure at the lower end if the pressure at the higher level is
24.525X104N/m2..
29. An orifice meter with orifice diameter 100mm is inserted in a pipe of 200mm diameter.
The pressure gauges fitted upstream and downstream of orifice meter given readings of
19.62X104 N/m2 and 9.81X104 N/m2 respectively. Co-efficient of discharge for the meter
is given as 0.6. Find the discharge of water through pipe.
30. An orifice meter with orifice diameter 150mm is inserted in a pipe of 300mm diameter.
The pressure difference measured by mercury oil differential manometer on the two sides
of the orifice meter gives a reading of 500mm of mercury. Find the rate of flow of oil of
specific gravity 0.9 when the co-efficient of discharge of meter = 0.64.
CO-3: CALCULATE AND COMPARE FLOW RATES, PRESSURE CHANGES,

MINOR AND MAJOR HEAD LOSSES FOR VISCOUS FLOWS THROUGH PIPES
11

Remembrance
1. Define loss of head in pipes due to friction.
2. Identify major energy losses and minor energy losses.
3. Describe hydraulic gradient and total energy lines.
4. State Darcy’s and Chezy’s formula for fluid flow through pipes.
5. Describe different types of losses in fluid flow through pipes.
6. State the condition for maximum transmission of power.
7. Describe water hammer in pipes.
Understanding
8. Explain major energy losses and minor energy losses.
9. Explain hydraulic gradient and total energy lines.
10. Explain Darcy’s and Chezy’s formula for fluid flow through pipes.
11. Explain different types of losses in fluid flow through pipes.
12. Explain with the help of a line diagram
a) Hydraulic gradient line
b) Total energy line.
13. Explain the maximum efficiency of transmission of power.
14. Explain water hammer in pipes.
Applications
1. Write short notes water hammer.
2. Write short notes on power transmission through pipes.
3. Write short notes on losses of head due to friction through pipes.
4. Find the loss of head, due to friction, in a pipe of 500 mm diameter and 1.5 kilometres
long. The velocity of water in the pipe is 1m/s. Take co-efficient of friction as 0.005.
5. Water is flowing through a pipe of 1500 m long with a velocity of 0.8 m/sec. What
should be the diameter of the pipe, if the loss of head due to friction is 8.7m. Take f for
the pipe as 0.01.
6. It was observed that the difference of heads between the two ends of a pipe 250 metres
long and 300 mm diameter is 1.5 metres. Taking Darcy’s coefficient as 0.01 and
neglecting minor losses, calculate the discharge through the pipe.
7. A pipe of 60 metres long and 150 mm in diameter is connected to a water tank at one end
and flows freely into the atmosphere at the other end. The height of water level in the
tank is 2.6 metres above the centre of the pipe. The pipe is horizontal and f = 0.01.
Determine the discharge through the pipe in litres/sec., if all the minor losses are to be
considered.
8. A reservoir has been built 4 km away from a college campus having 5000 inhabitants.
Water is to be supplied from the reservoir to the campus. It is estimated that each
inhabitant will consume 200 litres of water per day, and that half of the daily supply is
pumped within 10 hours. Calculate the size of the supply main, if the loss of head due to
friction in pipeline is 20 m. Assume f = 0.008.
9. Find the head lost due to friction in a pipe 1 m in diameter and 1.5 km long when the
water is flowing with a velocity of 1 m/sec., by using Darcy’s equation with f = 0.020.
10. Water is supplied to a town of 4,00,000 inhabitants. The reservoir is 6.4 kilometres away
from the town and loss of head due to friction in pipeline is measured as 1.5 m. Calculate
the size of the supply main, if each inhabitant consumes 180 litres of water per day and
half of the daily supply is pumped in 8 hours. Take the frictional factor for pipeline is
0.030.
12

11. Calculate the discharge through a pipe of diameter 200 mm when the difference of
pressure head between the two ends of a pipe 500 m apart is 4 m of water. Take the value
of f = 0.009.
12. Determine the rate of flow of water through a pipe of diameter 200mm and length 50 m.
When one end of the pipe is connected to a tank and other end of the pipe is open to the
atmosphere. The pipe is horizontal and the height of the water in the tank is 4 m above
the centre of the pipe. Consider all minor losses and take f = 0.009.
13. Water is flowing through a pipe of diameter 200mm with a velocity of 3 m/sec. Find the
head lost due to friction for a length of 5 m if the coefficient of friction f = 0.021.
14. Find the head lost due to friction in a pipe of diameter 300mm and length 50 m, through
which water is flowing at a velocity of 3 m/sec. Using i) Darcy formula for which f =
0.0026, ii) Chezy’s formula for which C = 60.
15. Find the diameter of a pipe of length 2000 m when the rate of flow of water through the
pipe is 200 litres/sec. and the head lost due to friction is 4 m. Take the value of C = 50 in
Chezy’s formulae.
16. A pipe of 300 m long with a diameter of 0.3 m is supplying water. Calculate the
discharge of water through the pipe, the loss of head due to friction is 1.5 m. Take
Darcy’s coefficient as 0.01.
17. Calculate the discharge through a pipe of diameter 200mm when the difference of
pressure head between the two ends of pipe 500 m apart is 4 m of water. Take the value
of ‘f’ = 0.009.
18. Water flows through a pipe of 200 mm in diameter 60 m long with a velocity of 2.5
m/sec. Find the head loss due to friction by using Darcy’s formula, assuming f =
0.005and by using Chezy’s formula, assuming C = 55.
19. Find the difference in the elevations between the water surfaces in the two tanks which
are connected by a horizontal pipe of diameter 300mm and length 400 m. The rate of
flow of water through the pipe is 300 litres/sec. Consider all losses and take the value of f
= 0.008.
20. In a power station, water is available from a reservoir at a head of 75 m. If the efficiency
of transmission is 60%, find the power available when 1.25 m3 of water flows to the
station in one section.
21. Find the maximum power that can be transmitted by a power station through a hydraulic
pipe of 3 kilometres long and 200 mm diameter. The pressure of water at the power
station is 1500 kPa. Take f = 0.01.
22. The pressure at the inlet of a pipeline is 400 kPa and the pressure drop is 200 kPa. The
pipeline is 1.5 kilometre long. If 100 KW is to be transmitted over this pipeline, find the
diameter of the pipe and efficiency of transmission. Take f = 0.006.
23. A town having a population of 1,20,000 is to be supplied with water from a reservoir at 5
km distance. It is stipulated that one half of the daily supply of 150 litres per head should
be delivered within 8 hours. What must be the size of the pipe to furnish the supply, if
the head available is 12 metres. Take C = 45 in Chezy’s formula.
24. A pipe 3.2 kilometres long and of 0.9 m diameter is fitted with a nozzle of 200 mm
diameter at its discharge end. Find the velocity of water through the nozzle, if the head of
water is 50 m. Take f = 0.006 for the pipe.
25. A hydro-electric plant is supplied water at the rate of 500 litres/sec., under a head of 250
m through a pipeline 3.2 kilometres long and 500 mm diameter. The pipeline terminates
in a nozzle, which has a diameter of 200 mm. find the power that can be transmitted, if
the Darcy’s coefficient for the pipe is 0.01.
13

26. A pipe of 75 mm diameter and 250 m long has a nozzle of 25 mm fitted at the discharge
end. If the total head of the water is 48 m, find the maximum power transmitted. Take f
as 0.01 for the pipe.
27. A pipe having a diameter 300 mm and length 3500 m is used for transmission of power
by water. The total head available at pipe inlet is 500 m. Find the maximum power
available at the outlet of the pipe, if f = 0.006.
CO-4: EVALUATE THE PERFORMANCE OF HYDRAULIC TURBINES AND

OPERATION AND PERFORMANCE OF CENTRIFUGAL AND RECIPROCATING
PUMPS
Understanding
1. Classify hydraulic turbine with examples.
2. Explain with the help of a line diagram the working principle of Impulse turbine.
3. Differentiate impulse with reaction turbines.
4. Explain the concept of cavitations in turbine.
5. Explain different Efficiency turbine.
6. Explain Draft tube. Mention its types.
7. Explain a)Penstock b)Anchor block
8. Explain Surge tank and mentions its function.
9. Indicate the factors for selection of Hydraulic turbine.
10. Indicate the functions of draft tube.
11. Classify the pumps.
12. Explain the priming in centrifugal pump.
13. Classify the various Reciprocating pumps.
14. Explain slip and negative slip of the pump.
15. Explain with a line diagram the working of Submersible pump.
16. Differentiate between the centrifugal pump and reciprocating pumps.
17. Explain slip, negative slip and Percentage Slip of Reciprocating pump.
18. Explain: (i) Slip (ii) Negative slip and (iii) Coefficient of discharge in reciprocating
pump.
Applications
1. Explain with the help neat sketch, the working principle of Impulse turbine.
2. Show construction and the working principle of pelton wheel.
3. Explain the construction and the working of Francis turbine with a neat sketch.
4. Explain the construction and working of Kaplan turbine with a neat sketch.
5. Explain with neat sketch the following.
a)Penstock b)Anchor Block.
6. Explain Surge tank with a neat sketch.
7. Explain surge tank with neat sketch.
8. Explain the multistage centrifugal pump with a neat sketch.
14

9. Explain with a neat sketch, constructional details and principle ofoperation of a
centrifugal pump.
10. Explain with neat sketch the working of multistage pump for high head.
11. Explain with neat sketch the working of multistage pump for high discharge.
12. Explain with a neat sketch the construction and working of Single acting
Reciprocating pump.
13. Explain with a neat sketch the construction and working of Double acting
Reciprocating pump.
14. Explain with a neat sketch air vessel and its functions.
15. Write about Reciprocating pump and Mention its types.
16. Explain with a line diagram the working of Submersible pump.
17. A Pelton wheel develops 2000KW under a head of 100meters, and with an overall
efficiency of 85%. Find the diameter of the nozzle, if the coefficient of velocity for
the nozzle is 0.98.
18. A Pelton wheel, having semicircular buckets and working under a head of 140meters,
is running at 600rpm. The discharge through the nozzleis500 litres/sec and diameter
of the wheel is 600mm. Find: a) Power available at the nozzle, b) Hydraulic
efficiency of the wheel, if coefficient of velocity is 0.98.
19. A Pelton wheel, working under a head of 500 metres, produces 13000 kW at 430
r.p.m. If the efficiency of the wheel is 85%, determine a) Discharge of the turbine.
b)Diameter of the wheel. c) Diameter of the nozzle. Assume suitable data.
20. In Hydro electric scheme the distance between high level reservoir at the top of the
mountains and the turbine is 1.6Km and difference of their levels is 500m. The water
is brought in 4 penstocks each of diameters of 0.9 metres connected to a nozzle of
200mm at the end. Find a) Power of each jet, and b) Total power available at the
reservoir, taking the value of Darcy’s co-efficient of friction as 0.008.
21. The Pykara power house in south India is equipped with impulse turbines of pelton
type. Each turbine delivers a maximum power of 14250KW, when working under a
head of 900m, and running 600rpm. Find the diameter of the jet, and the mean
diameter of the wheel. Take overall efficiency of turbine as 89.2%.
22. A Pelton wheel is required to generate 3750KW under an effective head of400m.
Find the total flow in litres/sec and size of the jet. Assume Generator efficiency 95%,
Overall efficacy 80%, co-efficient of velocity 0.97, Speed ratio 0.46. If the jet ratio
is 10, find the mean diameter of the runner.
23. The overall efficiency of a pelton wheel is 86% when the power developed is 500KW
under a head of 80m. If the coefficient of velocity for the nozzle is 0.97, find the
diameter of the nozzle.
24. A pelton wheel of 1m diameter is working under a head of 150m. Find the speed of
the runner, if the coefficient of velocity and velocity ratio is 0.98 and 0.47
respectively.
25. A pelton wheel producing 1350KW under a head of 80m at 300 rpm. Find the
diameter of the wheel, if the speed ratio is 0.45.Take CV = 0.98.
15

26. A Kaplan turbine, operating under a net head of 20m, develops 20,000KW with an
overall efficiency of 86%. The speed ratio is 2.0 and flow ratio is 0.6. The hub
diameter of the wheel is 0.35 times the outside diameter of the wheel. Find the
diameter and speed of the turbine.
27. A propeller turbine runner has an outer diameter of 4.5m and an inner diameter of
2.5m and develops 21,000KW when running at 140rpm. under a head of 20m. The
hydraulic efficiency is 94% and overall efficiency is 88%. Find discharge through the
turbine, and guide blade angle at inlet.
28. A Kaplan turbine working under a head of 5.5m develops 7500 KW. The speed ratio
and flow ratio are 2.1 and 0.71 respectively. If the boss diameter is 1/3 of that of the
runner and overall efficiency is 85%. Find the diameter of the runner and speed of the
turbine.
29. A centrifugal pump delivers water at 30ltrs/sec to a height of 18m through a pipe of
90m long and 100mm diameter. If the overall efficiency of the pump is 75%, find the
power required to drive the pump. Take f = 0.012.
30. A centrifugal pump delivers 60ltrs of water per sec to a tank situated at a height 20m.
If the overall efficiency of the pump is 70%. Find the power required for the pump.
31. A centrifugal pump having an overall efficiency of 75% is discharging 30ltrs of water
per sec through a pipe of 150mm diameter and 125m long. Calculate the power
required to drive the pump, if the water is lifted through a height of 25m. Take
coefficient friction as 0.01.
32. A double acting reciprocating pump as a stroke of 300mm and a piston of diameter
150mm. The delivery and suction head of 26m and 4m respectively including friction
heads. If the pump is working at 60rpm, find power required to drive the pump with
80% efficiency.
33. A single acting reciprocating pump having a bore of 150mm diameter and Stroke of
300mm length discharges 200ltrs of water per minute. Neglecting losses, find
a) Theoretical discharge in litre/minute. b)Coefficient of dischargec)Slip of the pump.
34. A single acting reciprocating pump having cylinder diameter of 150mm and stroke
300mm is used to raise water to a total height of 30m.Find the power required to drive
the pump, if the crank rotates at 60rpm.
35. A double acting reciprocating pump of plunger diameter 100mm and stroke of
250mm length is discharging water into a tank fitted 20m higher than the axis of the
pump. If the pump is rotating at 45rpm, find the power required to drive the pump.
CO-5: APPLY KNOWLEDGE AND SELECT, OPERATE AND MAINTAIN VARIOUS HYDRAULIC
ELEMENTS FOR A PARTICULAR LOW COST AUTOMATION APPLICATION IN SUSTAINABLE
MANUFACTURING SYSTEM AND ITS IMPACT ON SOCIETY
Remembrance
1. State the advantages of Hydraulics system.
2. State the applications of Hydraulics system.
3. List the hydraulics system components.
4. Name the different types of valves used in hydraulics system.
16

5. Describe a)Pressure relief valve b)Direction control valve
6. Describe a)Flow control valve b)Actuators
7. State the classification of control valves.
8. Describe Accumulator.
Understand
1. Give the difference between external gear pump and lobe pump.
2. Differentiate between simple pressure relief valve and pilot operated pressure relief
valve.
3. Explain is flow control valve.
4. Explain the non-return valve.
5. Classify of control valves.
Applications
1.Explain the hydraulic system with neat sketch.
2. Sketch and explain the gear pump.
3. Explain the working principle of lobe pump with neat sketch.
4. Sketch and explain the vane pump.
5. Sketch and explain the 5/2 DC valve.
6. Sketch and explain simple relief pressure valve.
7. Explain with neat sketch the pilot operated pressure relief valve.
8. Sketch and explain the pressure reducing valve.
9. Sketch and explain the non-return valve.
10. Sketch and explain the pilot operated valve.
11. Sketch and explain the pilot operated sequence valve.
17. Sketch and explain the Spring loaded Accumulator.
18. Explain with a neat sketch single acting cylinder.
19.Explain with a neat sketch double acting cylinder.
CO-6: APPLY KNOWLEDGE AND SELECT, OPERATE AND MAINTAIN VARIOUS PNEUMATIC
ELEMENTS FOR A PARTICULAR LOW COST AUTOMATION APPLICATION IN SUSTAINABLE
MANUFACTURING SYSTEM AND ITS IMPACT ON SOCIETY
Remembrance
1. State the applications of pneumatics.

2. State and explain the Pascal’s law.
3. List the components of pneumatic system.

4. State the advantages of pneumatic system.
5. Describe are the pneumatic actuators.
6. State the applications of single-acting cylinder and double-acting cylinder.
17

7. List any five pneumatic symbols.
8. State the functions of FRL unit.
Understanding
1. Explain the Pascal’s law.
2. Explain the pneumatic DCV with its symbolic representation.

3. Explain the pneumatic actuators.
4. Explain the general layout of pneumatic system.
5. Explain air motor.
6. Explain briefly FRL unit.
Applications
1. Sketch and explain the arrangement of pneumatic components.
2. Sketch and explain the vane compressor.
3. Explain the application of 2/2 DCV with its neat sketch.
4. Sketch and explain the 3/2 DCV.
5. What is 5/2 DCV. Explain with its neat sketch.
6. Explain with neat sketch, the single-acting cylinder.
7. Explain with neat sketch, the double-acting cylinder.
8. Explain air motor with Sketch.
9. Explain the piston motor with sketch.
10. Sketch and explain the gear motor.
11. Explain the working principle of vane motor with its neat sketch.
12. Write short on air motors.
13. Sketch the following pneumatic symbols.
a)FRL unit b)Air motor c)3/2 Pilot valve d)Single acting actuator
c)Flow control valve.
18

Course Title: BASIC THERMAL ENGINEERING
Course Code:
15ME42T
Credit :04
Prerequisites: Knowledge of basic mathematics and Applied Science
Course Objectives:
1. It is a science of energy transfer and its effect on physical properties of substances. It is

based upon observations of common experiences of energy (mainly heat) transfer.
2. This course will provide an understanding of the basic principles of thermodynamics
which is must for understanding of major fields of mechanical engineering system
Course Outcomes:
Course Outcome PO
Apply basic concepts, laws and
principles of thermodynamics to use
1,2,3,4,6,
and select R/U/A 10
10
equipments/devices/machines working
CO1
on these basics
Outline various Thermodynamic R/U/A/A 1,2,3,4,6,
process and analyze them with respect 10
CO2 n 10
to various parameters
Understand the Limitations,
applications and Comparison of 1,2,3,4,10
R/U/A 11
Thermodynamic cycles based on
CO3
different parameters.
Analyze performance of ICEs by
operating them and observing changes
R/U/A/A 1,2,3,4,6,
in thermodynamic properties during 12
n 10
each stroke of ICEs (and by using
CO4
thermodynamic diagrams.)
CO5 Calculate heat transfer for given heat U/A 1,2,3,4,10 05
transfer system
CO6 Identify the elements of gas turbines R/U 1,2,3,4,10 04
and processes of Jet propulsion system
Total sessions 52

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
BASIC
THERMAL 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - - 3
ENGINEERING

SEE/Marks
R U A
BASIC CONCEPTS AND

10
5 5 15 25 17
1 LAWS OF
THERMODYNAMICS
2
THERMODYNAMIC 10 5 5 20 30 21
PROCESSES
3
THERMODYNAMIC 11 5 5 20 30 21
CYCLES
IC ENGINES-
12
5 10 20 35 24
4 PERFORMANCE OF I.C
ENGINES
5 HEAT TRANSFER
05 - 5 10 15 10
6
GAS TURBINE AND JET 04 5 5 - 10 07
PROPULSION SYSTEMS
Total 52 25 35 85 145 100
UNITI: BASIC CONCEPTS AND LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS 10 Hrs
Basic concepts-Definitions :system - boundary, surrounding, working fluid and state of a

system.-thermodynamic systems – closed, open and isolated systems with examples-Properties
of system- Intensive and Extensive properties with examples.-Definitions for properties like
Enthalpy (H), Entropy(s) Internal energy (U)- Specific heat at constant pressure(Cp), specific
heat at constant volume(Cv) for a gas-Relation between Cp &Cv , characteristic gas equation,
Universal gas constant, Definitions for quasi-static work flow-Law of thermodynamics-Zeroth,
first & second laws of thermodynamics- simple problems on conversion of Heat into Work and
vice versa., Problems on gas equations-Steady flow energy equation (without proof)

UNTII: THERMODYNAMIC PROCESSES 10 Hrs
Thermodynamic processes,- Explain with P-V and T-S diagram the Constant pressure,
Constant volume, Isothermal, Isentropic, Polytrophic, Free expansion and throttling processes
& equations representing the processes- Derivation for work done for the above processes-
Calculation of change in internal energy, heat supplied or rejected, change in Entropy for the
above processes. Simple problems on the above processes .
UNITIII: THERMODYNAMIC CYCLES 11Hrs
Thermodynamic cycle – reversible and irreversible cycles conditions for reversibility of a

cycle-Explanation of Carnot cycle with P.V. and T-S diagrams, Air standard Efficiency -
Problems on Carnot cycle-Explanation of Otto cycle with P.V. and T-S diagrams, Air standard
Efficiency - Simple problems on Otto cycle-Explanation of Diesel cycle with P.V. and T-S
diagrams, Air standard Efficiency - Simple problems on Diesel cycle.-Explanation of Dual
cycle with P.V. and T-S diagrams, Air standard Efficiency - Simple problems on dual cycle.
UNIT IV: IC ENGINES- PERFORMANCE OF I.C ENGINES 12Hrs
IC engine -definition-classification- Terminology of IC engine - Working principle of Two

Stroke petrol & Diesel engine - Working principle of Four Stroke petrol & Diesel engine.
Testing of IC engines-Rope brake Dynamometer-Formulae for Brake power, Indicated power
Mechanical efficiency, Indicated thermal efficiency, Brake thermal efficiency, Air standard
efficiency, Relative efficiency, Volumetric efficiency-Concept of Heat balance sheet for an
engine-Simple problems on testing of I.C. engines and heat balance sheet
UNIT V:HEAT TRANSFER 05Hrs
Introduction -Methods of heat transfer-- Conduction, convection and radiation -Fourier’s law
of heat conduction-Newton law of cooling- Stefan-Boltzmann law -Heat transfer by conduction
through slab and composite wall- Heat transfer by Radiation: -Thermal Radiation,
Absorptivity, Transmissivity, Reflectivity, Emissivity, black and gray bodies, Radial heat
transfer by conduction through thick cylinder-Simple problems on above (conduction only)
UNIT VI: GAS TURBINE AND JET PROPULSION SYSTEMS 04 Hrs
Gas turbines- classification of gas turbines-Closed cycle gas turbine-Schematic diagram-

explanation-Open cycle gas turbine-schematic diagram-explanation-Comparison of open cycle
and closed cycle gas turbines.-Jet propulsion-Ram–jet engine ,turbojet engines and Rocket
engine- principle of working & application.

® TEXT BOOKS AND REFERENCES
Sl.No. Title of Books Author Publication

1. Heat Engines Pandya and Shah Charotar Publishing
House
2. Thermodynamics and Heat Mathur and Mehta Tata Mcgraw- Hill
power Engg.
3 A Text book of Thermal R S Khurmi& J K Gupta S Chand
Engineering
4. Thermal Engineering P.L.Ballaney Khanna.Publishers
5 Thermal Engineering A. S. Sarao SatyaPrakashan
6 Thermal Engineering R K Rajput Laxmi.Publications
7 Practical Thermodynamics G D Rai Khanna Publisher
a. http://www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=112105123 (IIT-B Video lectures)

b. http://www.thermofluids.net/
c. http://www.learnerstv.com/Free-Engineering-Video-lectures-ltv301-Page1.htm
d. http://www.grc.nasa.gov/WWW/k-12/airplane/thermo.html
e. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xb05CaG7TsQ
f. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aAfBSJObd6Y
g. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DHUwFuHuCdw
h. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kJlmRT4E6R0
i. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GKqG6n6nAmg

∑ Each student should do any one of the following type activity or similar activity related
to the course and before take up, get it approved from concerned Teacher and HOD.
1 Identify and list real situations which works on:

a: Zeroth law.
b: First law of thermodynamics.
c: Second law of thermodynamics.
2 Identify different Thermodynamic process in real situations.
3 Prepare charts of diesel, duel and gasoline cycles. Tabulate main points of differences
between them.
4 Write the specifications of I.C.Engine of any two wheelers. Also Construct & explain
cycle on which that I.C.Engine works.
5 Arrange visit to any gas turbine power plant/Diesel engine power plant, study the
operational features of Gas turbines/Diesel engines

Course Delivery:
RUBRICS MODEL

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Does not collect
topic

Normally
does the
assigned
work

speak much
to speak others



who (Frequency in the Marks collected
m course)
Assessment (Average of three
20 Blue books
tests will be
1,2,3,4,5,6
Students
computed)
Student activities Activities
05
sheets
100 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam at BTE
forms of course
course
Students

Survey Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
semester
Assessment Methods.

BASIC THERMAL ENGG.

I/II SEM
20
sem 10-11 Am Course code:15ME42T
Year:
CO’s:____
Question
no
1
2
3
4

BASIC THERMAL ENGG.

Ex: I test/6 th weak of IVSEM
20
sem 10-11 Am Year: 2016-17 Course code:15ME42T
Question
no
1 Differentiate between intensive and extensive properties of a 04 U 1 1,2,

system. Give three examples for each. 3,6,
10
2 A volume of 0.5 m3 of gas at a pressure of 10 bar and 200oC is 06 A 1 1,2,

3,4,
expanded in a cylinder to 1.2 m3 at constant pressure. 6,10
Determine the amount of work done by the gas and the
increase in internal energy. Assume Cp = 1.005 kJ/kg K and
Cv = 0.712 kJ/kg K.
OR
A closed system undergoes a change in process in which 5 kJ
of heat energy is supplied to the system. Determine the change
in internal energy under the following conditions.
i) 1 kJ of work is done on the system.
ii) 1.25 kJ of work is done by the system.
3 Derive an expression for work done during polytrophic 04 U 2 1,2,
process. 3,4,
6,10
4 One kg of gas expands reversibly and adiabatically. Its 06 A 2 1,2,

temperature during the process falls from 515K to 390K, while 3,4,
the volume is doubled. The gas does 92 kJ of work in this 6,10
process Calculate: The value Cp and Cv
OR
A gas has a molecular mass of 26.7. The gas is compressed

through a ratio of 12 according to the law PV1.25 = C, from
initial conditions of 0.9 bar and 333 K. Assuming specific heat
at constant volume Cv = 0.79 kJ/kg K. Calculate per kg of
mass, work done and heat flow across the cylinder walls. Gas
constant and ratio of specific heat.

IV- Semester Diploma Examination
Course Title: BASIC THERMAL ENGINEERING

Note: Answer any SIX from PartA and any SEVEN from Part B
PART-A 6x5=30 marks
1. Define the terms: (i) system (ii) boundary and (iii) surroundings.
2. A closed system received a heat transfer of 120 kJ and delivers a work transfer of
150 kJ. Determine the change of internal energy.
3. Derive expression for work done in constant temperature process with PV diagram.
4. A volume of 0.5 m3 of gas at a pressure of 10 bar and 200oC is expanded in a cylinder

to 1.2 m3 at constant pressure. Determine the amount of work done by the gas and the
increase in internal energy. Assume Cp = 1.005 kJ/kg K and Cv = 0.712 kJ/kg K.
5. List the assumptions made in thermodynamic air standard cycle.
6 Define IC engine and give the classification of IC engines.
7. Explain following terms:
a) Volumetric efficiency b) Mechanical efficiency
8. State and derive Fourier’s law of heat conduction.
9. State the applications and limitations of gas turbine.
PART-B
1. a. Differentiate between intensive and extensive properties of a system. Give three
examples for each. 04
o o
b. A cold storage is to be maintained at -5 while surroundings are at 35 C. The leakage from
the surroundings into the cold storage is estimated to be 29 kW. The actual C.O.P. of the
refrigeration plant is one - third of an ideal plant working between the same temperatures.
Determine the power required to drive the plant. 06
2. a) Prove that Cp-Cv=R 04
b) A piston - cylinder containing air expands at a constant pressure of 150 KPa from a
temperature of 285 K to a temperature of 550 K. The mass of air is 0.05 kg. Determine
the heat transfer, work transfer and change in internal energy during the process Cp =
1.01 kJ/kg K and Cv = 0.72 kJ/kg K. 06
3. a) List the thermodynamic processes on gases. 04
b)A piston cylinder containing air expands at a constant pressure of 150 kpa from a
the heat transfer, work transfer and the change in internal energy during the process.
Take Cp = 1 kJ/kg K, R = 0.287 kJ/kg K. 06

4. a. Derive an expression for work done during polytrophic process. 04
b. A gas of mass 0.56 kg is expanded adiabatically from a pressure at 8 bar to 1 bar
adiabatically. Initial temperature of the gas is 200oC. Determine the work done and
change in internal energy. Take Cp = 1 kJ/kg K and Cv = 0.714 kJ/kg K. 06
5. Explain with the help of P-V and T-S diagrams working of Otto cycle and derive an
expression for the air standard efficiency of it. 10
o
6. A certain quantity of air at a pressure of 1 bar and temperature 70 C is compressed
reversibly and adiabatically until the pressure is 7 bar in an Otto cycle engine. 460 kJ
of heat per kg of air is now added at constant volume.
Determine:
i)Compression ratio of the engine. ii)Temperature at the end of compression.
iii)Temperature at the end of heat addition.Take for air, CP = 1 kJ/kg K and
Cv = 0.707 kJ/kg . 10
7. a) Compare petrol and diesel engines. 04
b) A heat engine has a piston diameter of 150 mm, length of stroke 400 mm and mean
effective pressure 5.5 bar. The engine makes 120 explosions per minute. Determine
the mechanical efficiency of the engine, if the engine BP is 5 kW. 06
8. The following data refers to a four stroke diesel engine, speed 300 rpm cylinder diameter
200 mm, stroke 300 mm, effective brake load 500 kg, circumference of the brake
drum 400 mm, mean effective pressure 6 bar. Diesel oil consumption 0.1 litres/min,
specific gravity of diesel 0.78, calorific value of oil = 43900 kJ/kg.
Determine : i) Brake power ii) Indicated power iii) Frictional power 10
9. a) Define : (i) Conduction (ii) Radiation. 03

b) Heat is conducted through a wall of room made of composite plate with a
conduction of 134 W/mK and 60 W/mK and thickness 36 mm and 42 mm
respectively. The temperature at the outer face is 96 0C and 8 0C. Determine the
temperature at the interface of the two materials. 07
10. a) Explain closed cycle gas turbine with schematic diagram. 06
b) State the applications and limitations of gas turbine 04

MODEL QUESTION BANK
IV Semester
Course title: MECHANICS OF MACHINES
BASIC THERMAL ENGINEERING
CO1:APPLY BASIC CONCEPTS, LAWS AND PRINCIPLES OF THERMODYNAMICS

TO USE AND SELECT EQUIPMENTS/DEVICES/MACHINES WORKING ON
THESE BASICS
REMEMBERING
1. Define the terms: (i) system (ii) boundary and (iii) surroundings.
2. Define the terms: i) Cycle (iv) Enthalpy (v) Entropy.
3. State the comparison between closed system and open system.
4. Define intensive and extensive property.
5. Define specific heat at constant pressure and specific heat at constant volume.
6. State the zeroth law and first law of thermodynamics.
7. State first law and second law of thermodynamics.
8. Define heat and work. Are these quantities a path function or point function? Explain.
9. Define the following :
i) Quasi-static process
ii) Internal energy
10.Define steady flow process & write steady flow energy equation with notations.
UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain open system with example.

2. Explain the closed system with example.
3. Differentiate between intensive and extensive properties of a system. Give three
examples for each.
4. Derive the characteristic gas equation.
5. Establish that Cp-Cv=R.
APPLICATION
1.A closed system received a heat transfer of 120 kJ and delivers a work transfer of 150 kJ.
Determine the change of internal energy.
2. During the compression stroke of an engine, the work done on the working substance in
the engine cylinder is 80 kJ/kg and the heat rejected to the surrounding is 40 kJ/kg.
Determine the change of internal energy.
3. A closed system undergoes a change in process in which 5 kJ of heat energy is supplied
to the system. Determine the change in internal energy under the following conditions.
a. i) 1 kJ of work is done on the system. ii)1.25 kJ of work is done by the
system.

4.A piston - cylinder containing air expands at a constant pressure of 150 KPa from a
the heat transfer, work transfer and change in internal energy during the process Cp =
1.01 kJ/kg K and Cv = 0.72 kJ/kg K.
5. A cold storage is to be maintained at -5o while surroundings are at 35oC. The leakage
from the surroundings into the cold storage is estimated to be 29 kW. The actual C.O.P.
of the refrigeration plant is one - third of an ideal plant working between the same
temperatures. Determine the power required to drive the plant.
6. In a compressor, the air has an internal energy at beginning of the expansion is 200 kJ/kg
and after expansion the internal energy becomes 510 kJ/kg. The work done by the air
during expansion is 150 kJ/kg. Determine the heat flow.
7.Determine the coefficient of performance and heat transfer rate in a condenser of a
refrigerator in kJ/hr whose refrigeration capacity is 11000 kJ/hr if the power input is 1.5
kW.
8.The net work output of a cyclic process is 45 kN-m. If the heat input is 125 kJ, determine
the efficiency of the cycle.
9. One litre of hydrogen at 0oC is suddenly compressed to one-half its volume. Determine
the change in temperature of the gas if the ratio of two specific heats for hydrogen is
1.4.
CO2: OUTLINE VARIOUS THERMODYNAMIC PROCESS AND ANALYZE

THEM WITH RESPECT TO VARIOUS PARAMETERS
REMEMBERING
1. List out the different thermodynamic processes on gases.

2. State characteristics of throttling process
UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain reversible and irreversible process.

2. Explain free expansion process with sketch.
3. Explain throttling process
4. Construct the PV and TS diagram for i) Constant pressure process ii) Constant
volume process iii) Constant temperature process.
5. Derive expression for work done in constant temperature process with PV diagram.
6. Derive expression for work done in constant entropy (Isentropic) process with PV
diagram.
7. Derive an expression for work done during polytrophic process.

APPLICATION
1.A quantity of gas occupies a space of 0.3m3 at a pressure of 2 bar and a temperature of
77oC which is heated at a constant volume, until the pressure is 7 bar. Determine (i)
Temperature at the end of the process (ii) mass of the gas (iii) change in internal energy
and (iv) change in enthalpy during the process.
Assume: Cp = 1.005 kJ/kg K, Cv = 0.714 kJ/kg K, R = 287 J/kg K.
2. A quantity of gas has a volume of 0.14 m3, pressure 1.5 bar and temperature 100oC. If
the gas is compressed at a constant pressure, until its volume becomes 0.112 m3,
determine :
a. i)Temperature at the end of the compression ii)Work done in compressing
the gas
b. iii) Decrease in internal energy iv)Heat given out by the gas.
3. If the values of Cp = 0.984 kJ/kg K and Cv = 0.728 kJ/kg K for an ideal gas. Determine
the characteristic gas constant and ratio of specific heats for the gas. If one kg of this
gas is heated at constant pressure from 25oC to 200oC. Estimate the heat added, ideal
work done and change in internal energy. Also Determine the pressure and final volume
if the initial volume was 2 m3.
4. A volume of 0.5 m3 of gas at a pressure of 10 bar and 200oC is expanded in a cylinder to

1.2 m3 at constant pressure. Determine the amount of work done by the gas and the
increase in internal energy. Assume Cp = 1.005 kJ/kg K and Cv = 0.712 kJ/kg K.
5. A quantity of air has a volume of 0.4 m3 at a pressure of 5 bar and a temperature of

80oC. It is expanded in a cylinder at a constant temperature to a pressure of 1 bar.
Determine the amount of work done by the air.
6. 0.1 m3 of air at a pressure of 1.5 bar is expanded isothermally to 0.5 m3 Determine the
final pressure of the gas and heat supplied during the process.
7. 0.5 kg of gas is compressed isentropically in such a manner that the ratio of final
pressure to initial pressure is 5.25. If the initial temperature is 100oC Determine; (i)
work done (ii) change in internal energy. Assume: γ= 1.4 and R = 287 J/kg K.
8.One kg of gas expands reversibly and adiabatically. Its temperature during the process
falls from 515K to 390K, while the volume is doubled. The gas does 92 kJ of work in
this process Calculate: The value Cp and Cv
9. A gas of 0.15 m3 at NTP is expanded adiabatically in a cylinder to a volume of 0.3 m3,
Determine the pressure at the end of expansion and the work during expansion. Take
Cp=1.4 KJ/Kg K
10. A certain quantity of air has a volume of 0.028 m3 at a pressure of 1.25 bar and 25oC. It
is compressed to a volume of 0.0042 m3 according to the law PV1.3= C. Determine the
final temperature and work done during compression. Also determine the reduction in
pressure at a constant volume required to bring the air back to its original temperature.
11. A gas has a molecular mass of 26.7. The gas is compressed through a ratio of 12
according to the law PV1.25 = C, from initial conditions of 0.9 bar and 333 K.

Assuming specific heat at constant volume Cv = 0.79 kJ/kg K. Determine per kg of
mass, work done and heat flow across the cylinder walls. Gas constant and ratio of
specific heat.
CO3: UNDERSTAND THE LIMITATIONS, APPLICATIONS AND COMPARISON OF

THERMODYNAMIC CYCLES BASED ON DIFFERENT PARAMETERS.
REMEMBERING
1. Define: Air standard cycle, Reversible cycle.

2. List the assumptions made in thermodynamic air standard cycle.
UNDERSTANDING
1. Give the comparison between Otto, diesel and dual combustion cycles.
2. Derive efficiency of Carnot cycle with PV diagram.
3. Derive the efficiency of Otto cycle with PV diagram.
4. With the help of P-V and T-S diagrams, derive an expression for the air standard
efficiency of a diesel cycle.
5. Derive an equation for the air standard efficiency of dual cycle.
6. Explain with the help of P-V and T-S diagrams working of Carnot cycle .
7. Explain with the help of P-V and T-S diagrams working of Otto cycle.
8. Explain with the help of P-V and T-S diagrams working of Diesel cycle.
9. Explain with the help of P-V and T-S diagrams working of Dual cycle .
APPLICATION
1. A Carnot engine working between 655 K and 320 K, produces 150 kJ of work.
Determine thermal efficiency and heat added during the process.
2. A Carnot engine operates with a thermal efficiency of 70%. The minimum
temperature of the cycle is 30oC. Determine the maximum temperature of the cycle.
3. An engineer claims his engine to develop 3.75 kW. On testing, the engine consumes
0.44 kg of fuel per hour having a calorific value of 42000 kJ/kg. The maximum
temperature recorded in the cycle is 1400oC and minimum is 350oC. Determine
whether the engineer is justified in his claim.
4. A Carnot cycle receives heat at 900oC and rejects at 50oC. Determine the efficiency
of the cycle. If the cycle receives 4600 kJ of heat per minute, Determine the power
developed by the engine.
5. A Carnot cycle works with isentropic compression ratio of 5 and isothermal
expansion ratio of 2. The volume of air at the beginning of the isothermal expansion
is 0.3 m3. If the maximum temperature and pressure is limited to 550 K and 21 bar.
Determine; Minimum temperature in the cycle, Thermal efficiency of the
cycle. Pressure at all salient points. Take ratio of specific heats as 1.4

6. In an Otto cycle, the beginning and end temperatures of a isentropic
compression are 316 K and 596 K respectively. Determine the air standard
efficiency and the compression ratio. Take γ= 1.4.
7. A certain quantity of air at a pressure of 1 bar and temperature 70oC is
compressed reversibly and adiabatically until the pressure is 7 bar in an Otto cycle
engine. 460 kJ of heat per kg of air is now added at constant volume.
Determine: Compression ratio of the engine. Temperature at the end of
compression. Temperature at the end of heat addition. Take for air, CP = 1 kJ/kg K
and Cv = 0.707 kJ/kg K.
8. An Otto cycle has a cylinder diameter of 150 mm and a stroke of 225 mm. The
clearance volume is 1.25X10-3 m3. Calculate the air standard efficiency of the
cycle. Take γ= 1.4.
9. In an air standard Otto cycle, the compression ratio is 6.5 and the compression
begins at 1 bar and 313 K. The heat added is 2520 kJ/kg. Determine: The maximum
temperature and pressure of the cycle. Work done per kg of air. Cycle efficiency.
Take for air Cv = 0.713 kJ/kg K, R = 287 J/kg K = 0.287 kJ/kg K.
10. In an Otto cycle, air at 1 bar and 290 K is compressed isentropically until the
pressure is 15 bar. The heat is added at constant volume until the pressure rises to
40 bar. Determine the air standard efficiency and work done during the cycle. Take
Cv = 0.717 kJ/kg K and Ru = 8.314 kJ/kg mol K.
11. A diesel engine with a compression ratio is 13:1 and fuel cut off ratio is at
8% of the stroke. Determine the air standard efficiency of an engine. Take, for air
γ= 1.4.
12. A diesel cycle operating with the temperatures at the beginning and end of
compression are 57oC and 603oC respectively. The temperatures at the beginning
and end of expansion are 1950oC and 870oC respectively. Determine the ideal
efficiency of the cycle. Take γ = 1.4. If the compression ratio is 14 and the pressure
at the beginning of compression is 1 bar. Determine the maximum pressure of the
cycle.
13. An ideal diesel engine has a diameter 150 mm and stroke 200 mm. The
clearance volume is 10 percent of the swept volume. Determine the compression
ratio and the air standard efficiency of the engine if the cut-off takes place at 6
percent of the stroke.
14. A diesel engine has a compression ratio of 15. Heat addition at constant
pressure takes place at 10% of the stroke. Determine the air standard efficiency of
the engine. Take γ = 1.4 for air.
15. The compression ratio of an ideal air standard diesel cycle is 15. The heat
transfer is 1465 kJ/kg of air. Determine the pressure and temperature at the end of
each process and determine the cycle efficiency, if the inlet conditions are 300 K
and 1 bar. Take γ= 1.4 and Cv = 0.712 kJ/kg K, Cp = 1 kJ/kg K for air.
16. An engine working on dual combustion cycle, has a compression ratio 10 and
cut off takes place at of the stroke. If the pressure at the beginning of compression
is 1 bar and maximum pressure 40 bar, determine the air standard efficiency of the
cycle. Take γ= 1.4.

17. An engine working on dual combustion cycle with cylinder diameter of 30
cm and a stroke of 42 cm. The clearance volume is 1800 cm3 and cut off takes
place at 6% of the stroke. The explosion pressure ratio is 1.4. Determine the air
standard efficiency of the engine. Assume γ= 1.4 for air.
CO4: ANALYZE PERFORMANCE OF ICES BY OPERATING THEM AND OBSERVING CHANGES IN

THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES DURING EACH STROKE OF ICES (AND BY USING
THERMODYNAMIC DIAGRAMS.)
REMEMBERING
1. Define IC engine and give the classification of IC engines.

2. Define the following terms i) cylinder bore ii) swept volume iii) compression ratio.
3. Define brake power, indicated power, mechanical efficiency.
4. Define: Indicated thermal efficiency, Brake mean effective pressure, Brake thermal
efficiency.
5. Define : Air standard efficiency, Volumetric efficiency, Relative efficiency
UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain with diagram internal combustion engine indicating the component parts.
2. Explain with neat diagram the working of two stroke petrol engine.
3. Explain with neat diagram the working of four stroke petrol engine.
4. Explain with neat diagram the working of two stroke Diesel engine.
5. Explain with neat diagram the working of four stroke diesel engine.
6. Explain with diagram Rope brake dynamometer
7. Explain the concept of heat balance sheet.
APPLICATION
1. A heat engine has a piston diameter of 150 mm, length of stroke 400 mm and mean
effective pressure 5.5 bar. The engine makes 120 explosions per minute.
Determine the mechanical efficiency of the engine, if the engine BP is 5 kW.
2. A diesel engine uses 6.5 kg of oil per hour of calorific value 30000 kJ/kg. If the BP of
the engine is 22 kW and mechanical efficiency 85%. Determine : 1) Indicated thermal
efficiency, 2) Brake thermal efficiency 3) Specific fuel consumption in kg/BP/hr.
3. During the test on single cylinder diesel engine, working on the four stroke cycle and
fitted with a rope brake, the following readings are taken:
Effective diameter of brake wheel = 360 mm; Dead load on brake = 200 N;
Spring balance reading = 30 N; Speed = 450 rpm; Area of indicator
diagram = 420 m2; Length of indicator diagram = 60 mm; Spring scale = 1.1
bar per mm; Diameter of cylinder = 100 mm; Stroke = 150 mm; Quality of oil
used = 0.815 kg/hr; Calorific value of oil = 42000 kJ/kg.Determine brake
power, indicated power, mechanical efficiency, brake thermal efficiency and
brake specific fuel consumption.

4. A test is carried out on a single cylinder four stroke petrol engine gave the following
results :
Cylinder diameter = 0.3 m; piston movement = 0.52 m; clearance

volume = 0.0092 m3; explosions per minute = 110, indicated mean
effective pressure = 7 bar; mass of the fuel = 28 kg/hr; calorific value of
fuel = 19228 kJ/kg and take γ = 1.4 for air. Determine :i) Indicated
thermal efficiency ii) Air standard efficiency iii) Relative efficiency.
5. The following observations were made during a test on a single cylinder 4 stroke cycle
diesel engine.
Speed - 150 rpm

Circumference of brake drum - 920 rpm
Load on brake drum - 150 mm
Spring balance reading - 25 N
Area of indicated diagram- 950 mm2
Length of indicated diagram - 60 mm
Spring constant - 0.035 N/mm2/mm
Cylinder diameter - 80 mm
Length of stroke - 110 mm

C.V. of fuel - 45430 kJ/kg
Fuel consumed - 0.85 kg/hr
6. Determine : i) Mechanical efficiency ii) Indicated thermal efficiency iii)
BMEP
7. A four stroke diesel engine has a cylinder bore of 150 mm and a stroke of 250 mm. The
crank shaft speed is 300 rpm and fuel consumption is 1.2 kg/hr, having a calorific value
of 39900 kJ/kg. The indicated mean effective pressure is 5.5 bar. If the compression
ratio is 15 and cut off ratio is 1.8. Determine the relative efficiency. Assuming = 1.4
for the air.
8. A four stroke four cylinder petrol engine gave the following details:
i. Stroke = 95 mm; Bore = 65 mm; Speed = 3000 rpm; Clearance volume
= 65 cm3; Relative efficiency on brake thermal efficiency is 45%; CV of
petrol is 46300 kJ/kg. Torque developed is 70 N-m. Determine i)
Specific fuel consumption, ii) Brake power, iii) BMEP. Take = 1.4 and
= 80%.
9. A petrol engine consumes 0.28 kg of fuel per BP-hr, calorific value of fuel is 44000
kJ/kg, mechanical efficiency is 80% and compression ratio is 5.8. Determine (a) Brake

thermal efficiency, (b) Indicated thermal efficiency, (c) air standard efficiency, (d)
Relative efficiency, take = 1.4 for air.
10. An I.C. engine uses 6 kg of fuel having calorific value 44000 kJ/kg in one hour. The I.P
developed is 18 kW. The temperature of 11.5 kg of cooling water was found to rise
through 25 0C per minute. The temperature of 4.2 kg of exhaust gas with specific heat 1
kJ/kgK was found to rise through 220 0C. Construct heat balance sheet for the engine.
8. A gas engine working on four stroke constant volume cycle, gave the following results
when loaded by friction brake during a test of an hour’s duration :
Cylinder diameter 240 mm; Stroke length 480 mm; Clearance volume
445010--6 m3; Effective circumference of the brake wheel 3.86 m; Net load on
brake 1260 N at overall speed of 226.7 rpm; Average explosions/min 77; mep of
indicator card 7.5 bar; Gas used 13 m3/hr at 15 0C and 771 mm of Hg; Lower
calorific value of gas 49350 kJ/m3 at NTP; Cooling jacket water 660 kg raised
to 34.2 0C; Heat lost to exhaust gases 8%. Determine: i) IP ii) PB, iii) Indicated
thermal efficiency iv) Efficiency ratio. Also Construct a heat
balance sheet for the engine.
9. 31. A test on a single cylinder 4 stroke oil engine having bore 18 cm and stroke 36 cm
yielded the following results : Brake torque 0.44 kN-m, MEP 7.2 bar, fuel consumption
3.5 kg/min, cooling water flow 4.5 kg/min, water temperature rise 360C, A/F ratio 25,
exhaust gas temperature 4150C, Room temperature 210C, Specific heat of exhaust gases
1.05 kJ/kgK, calorific value 45200 kJ/kg, speed = 286 rpm. Construct up a heat
balance sheet on kJ/min basis.
CO5: CALCULATE HEAT TRANSFER FOR GIVEN HEAT TRANSFER SYSTEM
UNDERSTANDING
1. Derive an expression for heat transfer through a slab.

2. Derive an expression heat transfer through a composite wall.
3. Derive an expression for the quantity of heat flow through boiler tubes.
4. Explain with line diagram thermal conductivity and thermal resistance of a material.
5. Explain with line diagram radial heat transfer by conduction through thick cylinder.
APPLICATION
6. A boiler is made of iron plates 12 mm thick, if the temperature of the outside surface be
120 0C and that of the inner is 100 0C, Determine (i) heat transfer per hr and (ii) mass of
water evaporated per hour. Assume that the area of heating surface is 5 m2. Take K for
iron as 84 W/mK and latent heat of water at 100 0C is hfg = 2260 kJ/kg.
7. Heat is conducted through a wall of room made of composite plate with a conduction of
134 W/mK and 60 W/mK and thickness 36 mm and 42 mm respectively. The
temperature at the outer face is 96 0C and 8 0C. Determine the temperature at the
interface of the two materials.

8. A furnace wall is made up of bricks of 200 mm thick. The inner and outer surfaces of
the wall have temperature of 800 0C and 200 0C. Determine the heat loss. If the outside
temperature becomes 25 0C, after the furnace wall is covered with insulator of 100 mm
thick, Determine the reduction in heat loss.
a. Take Kbrick = 4.5 W/mK, Kinsulator = 0.5 W/mK.
9. Glass windows of a room have a total area of 10 m2 and the glass is 4 mm thick.
Determine the quantity of heat that escapes from the room by conduction per second
when the inside surfaces of windows are at 25 0 and the outside surfaces at 100 The
value of K is 0.84 W/mK.
10. The walls of a room having the parallel layers in contact of cement, brick and wood of
thickness 20 mm, 300 mm and 10 mm respectively. Determine the quantity of heat that
passes through each m2 of wall per minute. If the temperature of air in contact with the
wall is 5 0C and 300 C inside. The values of K for cement, brick and wood are 0.294,
0.252 and 0.168 W/mK respectively.
11. Determine the rate of heat flow per square metre through the furnace wall made of 3 cm
thick iron metal and covered with an insulating material of 0.4 cm thick. Take K
iron = 51 W/mK and K insulator = 0.15 W/mK. The temperatures of the outside and
inside surfaces of the wall are 400 0 and 64 0C respectively.
CO6: IDENTIFY THE ELEMENTS OF GAS TURBINES AND PROCESSES OF JET

PROPULSION SYSTEM
REMEMBERING
1. List the classification of gas turbine.

2. State the applications and limitations of gas turbine.
3. State the application of gas turbine and fuel used in gas turbine.
4. Identify the difference between the closed cycle gas turbine and a open cycle gas
turbine.
UNDERSTANDING
1. Explain closed cycle gas turbine with schematic diagram.

2. Explain open cycle gas turbine with schematic diagram.
3. Explain with neat diagram closed cycle gas turbine with intercooling and reheating
4. Explain with neat diagram the turbo-jet engine.
5. Explain with neat diagram the working of Ram-jet engine.
6. Explain the working principle of rocket engine with line diagram.

Course Title: MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY
Course Code:
15ME43T

Credit :04
Study & Quiz Core
Prerequisites: Applied science, Basic work Shop practice
Course Objectives:
1. Expose to the Concept and Basic Mechanics of Metal Cutting

2. Familiarise with Working Of Standard Machine Tools Such As Lathe, Shaping
And planer, Milling, Grinding And Super finishing Process and other Non
conventional machining practices
Course Outcomes:
Course Outcome PO
CO1 Understand The Concept And Basic 1,2,3,4,5, 07
R/U/A
Mechanics Of Metal Cutting 10
Know the Working Of Standard
Machine Tools Such As Lathe,
Milling, Reciprocating Machine tools 33
R/U/A 1,2,3,4,10
and demonstrate the need of such
CO2 machine tools for sustainable
development
Selection of super finishing process
for an application and understand the 1,2,3,4,5,6,
R/A 05
impact of such process in 10
CO3 environmental context
Expose and appreciate the

application Un conventional 1,2,3,4,5,6,
machining process area and U/A 07
CO4 understand the impact of such process 10
in environmental context
Total sessions 52


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MACHINE
TOOL 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - - 3
TECHNOLOGY

SEE/Marks
R U A
THEORY OF METAL 05 05 05 15 10
1
07
CUTTING
LATHE AND 05 10 15 30 21
2
11
OPERATIONS
RECIPROCATING 05 05 20 30 21
3
10
MACHINE TOOLS
DRILLING AND 10 20 10 40 28
4
MILLING 12
MACHINES
SUPER FINISHING 05 - 10 15 10
05
5 PROCESSES
NON - 05 10 15 10
CONVENTIONAL
6
07
MACHINING
PROCESS
Total 52 30 45 70 145 100

UNIT I: THEORY OF METAL CUTTING 07Hrs
Introduction: Metal Removal Processes, Types Of Machine Tools – Theory Of Metal
Cutting: Chip Formation, Orthogonal Cutting- Oblique Cutting- Machinability of metal.
Cutting Tool-Classification of cutting tools-Single point Cutting Tool Geometry-Cutting Tool
Materials, Tool Wear, Tool Life, and Cutting Fluids-Functions and properties.
UNIT II:LATHE AND OPERATIONS 10Hrs
Centre Lathe-Construction- Various Operations, Taper Turning Methods, Thread Cutting

operation, Lathe Attachments& Accessories. Capstan and Turret Lathes – Automats – Single
Spindle, Swiss Type, Multi Spindle Automatic lathe.
UNIT III: RECIPROCATING MACHINE TOOLS 11Hrs
Shaper -Principal parts, Classification, Specification of shaper, Shaper Mechanisms, Types-
Hydraulic shaper. Cutting Speed, Feed, Depth of cut & machining time-Various shaper
operations-Introduction to Planer -Principal parts and working of Double housing Planer,
Principal parts of Slotter-Working of slotter
UNIT IV:DRILLING AND MILLING MACHINES 12Hrs

Drilling operations- Twist drill geometry –Radial drilling machine-Jigs and Fixtures-
Definition-Need of Jigs and Fixtures Drill Jig-Locating devices. .Milling-Classification,
Column and knee type milling machine - Milling cutters and classification-Fundamentals of
milling processes-Milling operations. Indexing methods-Simple and compounding. Cutting
speed, feed, depth of cut and machining time.
UNIT V:SUPER FINISHING PROCESSES 05Hrs

Abrasive Processes- Grinding Wheel – Specifications And Selection, Types Of Grinding
Process – Cylindrical Grinding, Surface Grinding, Centre less Grinding–Super finishing
process- Honing, Lapping, Super Finishing, Polishing And Buffing
UNIT VI: NON CONVENTIONAL MACHINING PROCESS 07Hrs
Unconventional Machining Process - Classification, Electron Beam Machining, Laser Beam
Machining, Electric Discharge Machining, Ultrasonic Machining, Abrasive Jet Machining.
Additive manufacturing-Concept – Various applications of Additive manufacturing
® TEXT BOOKS
1. Rao, P.N., Manufacturing Technology, Vol I & II, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing
Co., New Delhi, 1998
2. Seropekalpakjian, Steven R SchmidManufacturing Engineering and Technology-
Pearson Education-Delhi
REFERENCES
1. Sharma, P.C., A Textbook Of Production Technology – Vol I And II, S. Chand &
Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1996
2. HMT – “Production Technology”, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 1998

LIST OF SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES
1. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/112105126/36
2. www.youtube.com/watch?v=T5gjkYvMg8A
3. www.youtube.com/watch?v=ESKoaZtoB1E
4. www.freevideolectures.com
Teacher and HOD.
1 Make Visit to nearest work shop ,observe the lathe and make list of real time machine
components which are machined ,Submit hand written report of 500 words
2 Observe the milling machine of your polytechnic and study its specifications. List the
possible milling operation can done on that machine, Submit hand written report of 500
words
3 Dismantle some important parts of drilling machine and carry servicing activities and
Submit hand written report of 500 words
4 Compare various unconventional machines by collecting their broachers. Make
comparative hand written report of 500 words
5 Visit nearest Machine tool work shop and map the machiningactivity of a particular
component, prepare a drawing, list the sequence of operation, tools and machineries
used. Submit hand written report of 500 words
6 Motivate student to take case study on particular manufacturing activity to inculcate
self and continues learning, Submit hand written report of 500 words on selected
case study
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through lectures and Power point presentations/ Video
Teachers can prepare or download ppt or Videos of different Machines usage in
mechanical engineering application
RUBRICS MODEL

Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Does not collect
topic

Normally
does the
assigned
work

speak much
to speak others

What To When/Where Max Evidence Course

who (Frequency in Marks collected outcomes
m the course)
20 Blue books
three tests will be 1,2,3,4
Students
computed)
Student activities 05 Report
100 1,2,3,4
Exam at BTE
Feedback 1 & 2 Delivery
forms of course
course
Students
End of End of the course 1,2,3,4

Survey Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
semester
Assessment Methods.

MACHINE TOOL
I/II SEM TECHNOLOGY
20
sem 10-11 Am
Course code:15ME43T
Year:
CO’s:____
Question
no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal Choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

MACHINE TOOL
Ex: I test/6 th weak of III SEM
TECHNOLOGY 20
sem 10-11 Am
Question
no
1 Describe briefly the Metal removal process. 05 R 1 1,2
2 Give four examples for Orthogonal Cutting& Oblique Cutting. 05 U 1 1,2
3 Sketch and Explain taper turning attachment in a lathe 10 A 2 1,2

OR
Sketch and Explain the thread cutting operation in a lathe

MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY
PART-A6x5=30 marks
1. Give four examples for Orthogonal Cutting & Oblique Cutting

2. Explain steady rest and follower rest
3. Differentiate between capstan and turret lathe.
4. Write specification of shaper
5. Define w.r.t shaper: Cutting Speed, Feed, and Depth of cut machining time
6. Explain with sketch end milling
7. Explain Counter sinking and counter boring
8. Explain wheel truing and dressing
9. Discuss Additive manufacturing.
11. Explain the Process of chip formation with sketch

12. Explain the three taper turning methods with line sketch
13.Explain the important method of holding work in a lathe
14.Explainwith neat sketch the working of Hydraulic shaper mechanism
15. Explain with neat sketch the working of planer.
16.Explain with sketch twist drill geometry
17.Explain with sketch Column and knee type of milling machine.
18.Explain with neat sketch cylindrical grinder
19. Sketch and explain Electric Discharge Machining
20. Describe briefly the principle of Additive manufacturing.

MODEL QUESTION BANK

COURSE TITLE: MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY
COI: UNDERSTAND THE CONCEPT AND BASIC MECHANICS OF METAL CUTTING

LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. Describe briefly the Metal removal process.
2. State the condition that would allow continuous chips formation.
3. State the difference between orthogonal cutting & Oblique Cutting.
4. List the cutting tool materials.
5. List how tool wear can be minimised.
6. State the important characteristics of cutting tool materials.
7. List the factors to be considered for the selection of tool materials.
8. List the properties of cutting fluid.
9. List the factors affecting tool life.
10. Name five cutting Tools Material.
11. State the tool variables &machine variables affecting the machinability.
12. Give the classification of Cutting Fluids. List few examples in case.
13. Define tool wear and State the reasons for tool wear.
14. Define Tool Life.
15. Define cutting fluid. State the Function of Cutting Fluids.
16. Describe briefly the Mechanics of Metal cutting.
17. Explain orthogonal cutting.
18. Explain Oblique Cutting.
19. Give four examples for Orthogonal Cutting& Oblique Cutting.
20. Explain the Different type of chips.
LEVEL: APPLICATION
21. Write the classification of machine tools.
22. Outline the classification of cutting tools.
23. Write and explain Taylor’s Tool Life Equation.
24. Illustrate the importance of various Single point cutting tool angles.
25. Sketch the geometry of single point cutting tool.
26. Sketch the Process of chip formation.
CO 02: KNOW THE WORKING OF STANDARD MACHINE TOOLS SUCH AS LATHE

MACHINE TOOLSAND DEMONSTRATE THE NEED OF SUCH MACHINE
TOOLS FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. List various operations that can be performed in lathe.
2. State the advantages of turret lathe over capstan lathe.

3. List the difference between capstan lathe and automats.
4. List the important method of holding work in a lathe.
5. Distinguish capstan lathe with centre lathe.
6. Differentiate between capstan and turret lathe.
7. Differentiate between steady rest and follower rest.
8. Explain with sketch 3 jaw chuck.
9. Explain with sketch 4 jaw chuck.
10. Explain the process of cutting internal threads in a lathe.
11. Explain any Two taper turning methods with sketch.
12. Explain the thread cutting operation with sketch.
13. Explain with neat sketch lathe mandrel.
14. Explain with sketch face plate.
LEVEL: APPLICATION
15. Write the Specification Of a centre Lathe.
16. Sketch taper turning attachments.
17. Compare the applications and disadvantages of 3 jaw chuck & 4 jaw chucks
18. Sketch and explain the working of single spindle automats.
19. Sketch and explain the working of multiple spindle automats.
CO 02: KNOW THE WORKING OF STANDARD MACHINE TOOLS SUCH

RECIPROCATING MACHINE TOOLSAND DEMONSTRATE THE NEED OF
SUCH MACHINE TOOLS FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. Define w.r.t shaper: Cutting Speed, Feed, and Depth of cut machining time.
2. List the operation performed on a shaper.
3. List the various operations performed in planer.
4. List the various operations performed in slotter.
5. Differentiate between shaper and planer.
6. Classify the shapers
LEVEL: APPLICATION
7. Write specification of shaper.
8. Sketch and Explain the working of slotter.
9. Sketch and Explain the working of Shaper
10. Sketch and Explain the working of Hydraulic shaper mechanism.
11. Sketch and Explain the working of Planer.
CO 02:KNOW THE WORKING OF STANDARD MACHINE TOOLS SUCH DRILLING

AND MILLING MACHINE TOOLSAND DEMONSTRATE THE NEED OF SUCH
MACHINE TOOLS FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. Define Jig and fixture.
2. State the importance of jig.
3. List the importance of fixture.
4. Describe briefly any two locating devices with sketch
5. State the advantages of up milling.
6. State the advantages of down milling.
7. Define w.r.t milling: Cutting Speed, Feed, and Depth of cut machining time.
8. Explain with sketch twist drill geometry.
9. Explain reaming and tapping process.
10. Explain Counter sinking and counter boring
11. Explain with neat sketch face milling.
12. Explain with neat sketch slab milling.
13. Differentiate between jigs and fixture.
14. Explain with neat sketch up milling and down milling process.
15. Write the classification of milling cutters.
16. Distinguish between a plain milling cutter and a side-milling cutter.
LEVEL: APPLICATION
17. Sketch and Explain the working of radial drilling machine.
18. Sketch and Explain end milling.
19. Sketch and explain drill jig.
20. Sketch Column and knee type of milling machine and label the parts
CO 03:SELECTION OF SUPER FINISHING PROCESS FOR AN APPLICATION AND

UNDERSTAND THE IMPACT OF SUCH PROCESS IN ENVIRONMENTAL
CONTEXT
LEVEL: REMEMBER
1. State the specification of grinding wheel.
2. How the grinding wheels are selected.
3. List various super finishing process.
4. State the advantages of centre less grinding over cylindrical grinding.
5. Describe wheel truing and dressing.
LEVEL: APPLICATION
6. Sketch and Explain the working of surface grinding.
7. Sketch and Explain the working of centre less grinding.
8. Sketch and Explain the working of cylindrical grinder.
9. Write the classification of grinding process.
CO 04: EXPOSE AND APPRECIATE THE APPLICATION NON CONVENTIONAL

MACHINING PROCESS AREA AND UNDERSTAND THE IMPACT OF SUCH
PROCESS IN ENVIRONMENTAL CONTEXT.
10

1. Describe briefly the principle of Additive manufacturing.
2. Give the classification of non conventional machining process.
3. Differentiate between AJM and ultra sonic machining.
4. Give the classification of nonconventional machining process.
5. Discuss Additive manufacturing.
LEVEL: APPLICATION
6. Sketch and explain Ultrasonic Machining.
7. Sketch and explain Abrasive jet machining process.
8. Sketch and explain Electric Discharge Machining.
9. Sketch and explain Electron Beam Machining.
10. Sketch and explain Laser Beam Machining.
11

Course Title: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
Course Code:
15ME44T
Credit :04
Study& Quiz Core
Prerequisites: Enthusiasm to learn the subject
Course Objectives:
1. To create an awareness on Engineering Ethics and Human Values.

2. To instill Moral and Social Values and Loyalty.
3. Create awareness among engineers about their social responsibilities
4. Appreciate the Ethical issues
5. To Know the Human rights and concept of women empowerment
6. To know features of our constitution.
Course Outcomes:
7. On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to attain CO:
8.
Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching Hrs
CO1 Practice the moral values that ought to 10

R/U 5,6,7,8,10
guide the Engineering profession.
Discover of the set of justified moral U/A
principles of obligation, ideals that 09
CO2 5,7,8,10
ought to be endorsed by the engineers
and apply them to concrete situations
Know the definitions of risk and R/U
CO3 safety also discover different factors 5,6,7,10 05
that affect the perception of risk
Appreciate the Ethical issues and R/U
Know the code of ethics adopted in 06
5,6,7,10
CO4 various professional body‟s and
industries
CO5 Justify the need for protection of R/U
human rights and to know about 5,6,7,8,10 8
concept of women empowerment
CO6 Know the successful functioning of R/U 14
5,6,7,9,10
democracy in India
Total sessions 52
Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PROFESSIONAL
ETHICS &
- - - - 3 3 3 3 2 3
INDIAN
CONSTITUTION


SEE
R U A
1
HUMAN VALUES 10 15 15 - 30 21
ENGINEERING 10 15 - 25 17
2
09
ETHICS
SAFETY, 05 - 10 15 11
3
RESPONSIBILITIES 05
OF ENGINEERS
ETHICAL ISSUES IN 05 05 5 15 11
4
ENGINEERING 06
PRACTICE
8 15 5 20 13
5 HUMAN RIGHTS
INDIAN 25 15 40 27
6
14
CONSTITUTION
Total 52 35 75 35 145 100

UNITI: HUMAN VALUES 10Hrs
Professional Ethics-Objectives of study of professional ethics-Human values- Definition of

Morals and Ethics-Difference between Morality and Ethics-Values-Definition-Types of
values- Definition of Integrity- Concept of Work Ethic- Service Learning- Definition
Virtues-Definition-Civic Virtue-Duties and Rights - Respect for Others – Attitude and values,
opinions-changing attitude-beliefs-Reliability-Living Peacefully-Means to be adopted for
leaving peacefully-Caring-Sharing-Honesty-ValuingTime-Co-operation-Commitment-
Empathy-Self-Confidence-Spirituality.
UNTII: ENGINEERING ETHICS 09Hrs
Engineering ethics-Definition-Approach-Senses of Engineering Ethics-variety of moral

issues– Inquiry-Types-Moral dilemmas-Steps to solve dilemma-Moral autonomy –Definition-
consensus & controversy –Profession-Definition–Ethical theories-Theories about right action
Personality–Self control- Self-interest –Self respect.
UNITIII: SAFETY, RESPONSIBILITIES OF ENGINEERS 05Hrs
Safety and risk-definition- - assessment of safety and risk - risk benefit analysis and reducing
risk –Personal risk-Public risk-Reducing risk-Voluntary Risk-Collegiality and loyalty–
Authority-Types- collective bargaining -occupational crime –Responsibility of engineers–
Types-Social responsibility-Professional responsibility-confidentiality-conflicts of interest-
liability
UNIT IV:ETHICAL ISSUES IN ENGINEERING PRACTICE 06Hrs
Ethical issues–Industrial standards-Environmental ethics –Plastic waste disposal-E-Waste

Disposal-Semi conductor waste Disposal-Industrial waste disposal-Human centred
environmental ethics- computer ethics –Types of issues-Computer as the Instrument and
Object of Unethical Acts -Engineers as managers-Codes of ethics-Sample code of Ethics like
-Institution of Engineers(India)-Institute of Electrical & Electronics engineers- Institute of
Electronics & Telecommunication Engineers - Indian Institute of Materials Management.
UNIT V: HUMAN RIGHTS 8 Hrs
Human Rights-Definition-constitutional provisions-right to life and liberty-Human Rights of

Women-Discrimination against women- steps that are to be taken to eliminate discrimination
against women in Education, employment, health care, Economic and social life, Women in
rural areas- Status of Women in India - Constitutional Safeguards - Dowry Prohibition act
1961- Domestic violence act 2005- Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006-Human Rights
of Children- Who is a child- list the Rights of the Child- Right to education--Protection of
Children from Sexual Offences Act(POCSO)-2012- National Human Rights Commission-
Constitution- Powers and function of the Commission-Employee rights- Provisions made-
Contractual-Non contractual employee rights-Whistle blowing-definition-Aspects-Intellectual
Property Rights (IPR)–Meaning-Need for protection- Briefly description of concept of
patents, Copy right, Trade mark.
UNIT VI: INDIAN CONSTITUTION 14Hrs
Introduction to constitution of India-Formation and Composition of the Constituent

Assembly-Salient features of the Constitution-Preamble to the Indian Constitution
Fundamental Rights- Fundamental Duties-Directive principles of state policy.
Parliamentary system of governance- Structure of Parliament- Lokhasabha and Rajyasabha -
Functions of parliament- Legislative ,Executive, Financial Function, Powers of Loksabha and
Rajya Sabha- Procedure followed in parliament in making law-Structure of union executive-
Power and position of President, Vice President, Prime minister and council of ministers.
Structure of the judiciary: Jurisdiction and functions of Supreme Court, high court, and
subordinate courts
Federalism in the Indian constitution, Division of Powers- Union list, State list and
concurrent list, Structure of state legislation, Legislative assembly and Legislative council,
Functions of state legislature, Structure of state executive-Powers and positions of Governor,
,Speaker, Deputy Speaker, Chief Minister and council of minister.
Local self government- meaning-Threetiersystem-Villagepanchayath-Talukpanchayath-
Zillapanchayath-Local bodies-Municipalities and Corporations, Bruhath mahanagara Palike.
Functions of Election commission, UPSC, KPSC.
 TEXT BOOKS
1. Naagarazan, R.S. , “Professional Ethics and Human Values “ New age International
http://www.imd.inder.cu/adjuntos/article/524/Professional%20Ethics%20and%20Hu
man%20Values.pdf
2.Charles D. Fleddermann, "Engineering Ethics", Pearson Education / Prentice Hall,
3.NCERT_Indian_Constitution_at_Work_Political_Science_Class_11_www.upscport
al.com (1)
REFERENCES
1.Govindarajan M, Natarajan S, Senthil Kumar V. S, “Engineering Ethics”, Prentice
HallofIndia,NewDelhi,2004.
2. Charles E Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J Rabins, "Engineering Ethics
- Concepts and Cases", Wadsworth Thompson Learning, United States, 2000
3. John R Boatright, "Ethics and the Conduct of Business", Pearson Education, New
Delhi,2003.
4. Edmund G Seebauer and Robert L Barry, "Fundamentals of Ethics for Scientists
and Engineers", Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2001
5.Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, "Ethics in Engineering", McGraw-Hill, New
York, 1996.
6. Introduction to the Constitution of India- Dr.Durga Das Basu
7. Empowerment of rural women in India-Hemalatha H.M and
RameshwariVarma,HemaPrakashana.
LIST OF LEARNING WEBSITES:

1. http://www.imd.inder.cu/adjuntos/article/524/Professional%20Ethics%20and%20Human
%20Values.pdf
2. http://www.course.sdu.edu.cn/G2S/eWebEditor/uploadfile/20131017113401956.pdf

SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT CASE STUDY
Note: The following or similar Case study related for assessing CIE (IA) for 10 marks
1 Teacher form the group of 5- 6 students, Ask to think by each student, about an important
value acquired from their child hood and the value still retained with them and value they
rejected. Ask to share the values retained and explore what has made to reject some values.
Make report
2 The construction company wants to make a feasibility study of a proposed ring road
near your city. It hires Civil engineer for this purpose. The engineer learns that the
project would have a very negative impact in term of pollution, economy, and lives of
low income rural population. The Engineer had no intention of divulge the information
during public hearings. What should the Engineer as Adviser to do? Make report
3 The computer engineer develops a computer program used as a tool in developing
other programs assigned to him. He uses the facilities of the company to develop the
program. He changes jobs and takes the only copy of the first program with him for
use in his new job. Will it be a violation of the employer‟s right? Does he require
previous employer‟s permission before using it on the new job? Make report
4 A manufacturing enterprise pays their Technicians Trainees overtime salary and a
handsome bonus to work during a strike period. The strike was organized by the union
against the unsafe working conditions of the plant. You, considered as a Technician
trainee, believe that the conditions may be unsafe even though no government
regulations apply. What will you do? Make report
Options:
1. Refuse to work, because thinking that the allegations of the union have merit
2. Refuse to work because believing that breaking the strike is unethical.
3. Continue to work, because he feels this is an obligation to the employees
4. Continue to work because it will help clear some of his pending commitments
5. Work, because otherwise Management is likely to be fired and cannot get
alternate job.
5 A woman who was driving a car was involved in an accident. The vehicle dashed
against the divider. She had fallen unconscious. You are passing by your vehicle. She
is known to you, alive and stable. You are going to appear for an interview for Air
Force recruitment.
Is it (or) is it not your duty to save her from suffering? You are likely to fulfill a duty
of protecting the country. What you will do .Apply Ethical theory on this situation.
Make report
6 Teacher form the group of 5- 6 students, Ask to Visit local general hospital/leading
Nursing homes. Ask them to observe how their hospital wastes being disposed. Will
they follow the safe disposable measures? Assess how it will violate their
environmental ethics. Make report
MORE SUGGESTED CASE STUDY FOR UNDERSTANDING THE COURSE

Case Studies: Study the cases given in text book Vide page number 120 to page number 138:
Naagarazan, R.S “Professional Ethics and Human Values “New age International (E-link
:http://www.imd.inder.cu/adjuntos/article/524/Professional%20Ethics%20and%20Human%20V
alues.pdf ) and analyzes the ethical issues and comment on what one should do. State ethical
principles, codes of ethics of professional societies, to support your comments.
Course Delivery:
 The course will be delivered through lectures and Power point presentations/ Video
 Teachers can encourage the students to take case study and make the report of the same.
who (Frequency in Mark collected
m the course) s
Direct CIE IA Three tests
20 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6
three tests to be
Students
computed)
One Case study 05 Report 1,2,3,4,5,6
Total 25
100 1,2,3,4,5,6
Exam at BTE
forms of course
course
Students

Survey Delivery of
Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. After taking average of three tests marks, any decimals shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.
Example only: RUBRICS/CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT’s CASE STUDY (5 Students in a group).
Scale Students Score

Dimension Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1. Research and Does not Collects very Collects basic Collects more Collects a
gather data collect limited information, information, great deals
information information information, most refer to most refer to the of 3
relate to topic some relate the topic topic information,
to topic all refer to
the topic
2.Full fills Does notable to slightly able Not precisely Precisely Able Excellent in
teams roles and interpret data to interpret able to to interpret interpreting
data perform any data and interpret data Data and data and 4
interpretation duties assigned Performs and Performs Performs almost Performs all
to the team role very little nearly all all duties duties of
duties duties assigned
team roles
3.Shares work Always relies Rarely does Usually does Always does the Always
equally on others to do the assigned the assigned assigned work, does the
the work work, often work, rarely rarely needs assigned 5
needs needs reminding. work,
reminding reminding without
needing
reminding
4. Listen to Is always Usually does Listens, but Listens and talks Listens and
other team talking, never most of the sometimes talk a little more talks a fare
mates and able allows anyone talking, too much and than needed and amount and 2
to conclude to else to speak rarely allows able to infer able to precisely excellently
not able to infer and the conclude conclude
others to this opinion
speak and
slightly able
to infer
Grand Average/Total 14/4=3.5 ~ 4

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational
components (Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:
Sl. No Bloom’s Category % in Weightage
1 Remembering 35
2 Understanding 50
3 Application 10
4 Analysis (activities) 05

th
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN
Ex: I test/6 weak of I/II SEM
CONSTITUTION 20
sem 10-11 Am
Year: 15ME44T
CO’s:____
Question
no
1
2
3
4

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS&
Ex: I test/6 th weak of IV SEM
INDIAN CONSTITUTION 20
sem 10-11 Am
Year: 2015-16 Course code: 15ME44T
Name of Course coordinator : Units:1,2 and CO: 1,2
Note: Answer all questions and carry equal marks
Question
Question CL CO PO
no
1 List the factors for one to work peacefully. R 1 5,6,7
2 Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an A 1 5,6,7
example?
OR
Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
3 State the specific virtues relating to honesty? R 2 5,7,8
OR
List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?
4 Explain the relation between autonomy and authority? A 2 5,7,8

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
PART-A 6x5=30 marks
1. Distinguish between „morality‟ and „ethics‟

2. Explain the terms, „Profession‟, „Professional‟, and „Professionalism‟?
3. Name a few techniques (steps) to reduce risks?
4. List the ill effects of E waste disposal on environment?
5. Explain the role of computers as object of Unethical Acts?
6. State various provisions under „human rights?
7. Differentiate between „Patent‟ and „Trade secret‟?
8. State the function of Governor?
9. Write Note on gram panchayaths?
10. Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an example?
11. Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
12. List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?
13. Distinguish between „corporate responsibility‟ and „corporate accountability?
14. Explain Occupational crime?
15. Explain code of Ethics followed in Institution of Engineers?
16. Explain Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006?
17. Explain the basic structure of Parliament?
18. Explain the formation and functions of state high Court?
19. State the role of following members in Rajyasabha?:
a) Chairman
b) Leader of the house
c) Opposition leader

MODEL QUESTION BANK
4th Semester
Course title: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION
CO1: PRACTICE THE MORAL VALUES THAT OUGHT TO GUIDE THE ENGINEERING
PROFESSION.
Level-1: Remember
1. Define Engineering Ethics?
2. State the two approaches to Engineering ethics?
3. List different meanings of „ethics‟.
4. List the key trends in engineering ethics?
5. Distinguish between „morality‟ and „ethics‟?
6. List different types of values and give a few examples in each?
7. List the civic virtues one should develop?
8. List the types of virtues, with an example for each
9. List the factors for one to work peacefully?
10. List different ways the honesty reflects?
11. List the benefits of empathy?
12. Define „character‟ and „spirituality‟?
Level-2: Understand
13. How do the human values evolve?
14. Explain the term „respect for others‟ with suitable example?
15. Explain what should one do or not to do live peacefully?
16. Distinguish between „caring‟ and „sharing‟?
17. What are the impediments to proper co-operation?
18. Explain the factors that shape self-confidence in a person?
19. Explain two methods of developing self-confidence?
20. Illustrate the ethical aspect principle of caring or sharing, with an example?
21. Explain various actions of an engineer leading to dishonesty?
22. Explain Service Learning and discuss on its components?
23. Explain any two Human values in detail?
CO2: DISCOVER OF THE SET OF JUSTIFIED MORAL PRINCIPLES OF OBLIGATION, IDEALS

THAT OUGHT TO BE ENDORSED BY THE ENGINEERS AND APPLY THEM TO CONCRETE
SITUATIONS
Level-1: Remember
1. List the objectives of this course „professional ethics‟?
2. Define the term, „moral dilemma‟?
3. List the situations when moral dilemmas arise?
4. List the steps in confronting moral dilemma?
5. State the five characteristics of professionals?
6. State the specific virtues relating to honesty?
7. Define „corporate responsibility‟
8. Define „corporate accountability?
9. List the skills required to handle moral problems/issues in engineering ethics?
Level-2: Understand
10. Why do people behave unethically?
11. Why and how do moral problems arise in a profession?
12. Explain the moral dilemma
13. Explain the difficulties in solving moral problems?
14. Explain the relation between autonomy and authority?
15. Highlight the principle of „pre-conventional level‟ of moral development?
16. Explain the terms, „Profession‟, „Professional‟, and „Professionalism‟?
17. Describe the virtues fulfilled under professional responsibility?
18. Distinguish between „corporate responsibility‟ and „corporate accountability?
19. What is moral integrity? Write on its significance?
20. Differentiate between self-respect and self-esteem.?
21. Distinguish between causal responsibility, moral responsibility and
Legal responsibility?
22. What is meant by Professional Responsibility?
23. Where and how do moral problems arise in engineering practice?
Justify the safety and other obligations of professional engineers?
CO3: KNOW THE DEFINITIONS OF RISK AND SAFETY ALSO DISCOVER DIFFERENT
FACTORS THAT AFFECT THE PERCEPTION OF RISK
Level-1: Remember
1. Name the factors that influence the perception of risk?
2. List the factors that affect the risk acceptability?
3. Name a few techniques (steps) to reduce risks?
4. List various aspects of collegiality?
5. List factors/principles to justify „confidentiality‟?
6. State the difference between „bribe‟ and „gift‟?
Level-2: Understand
7. What is meant by „safe exit‟, in the study of safety?
8. Describe „institutional authority‟ with an example?
Level-3: Application
9. Explain „collective bargaining with example?
10. Explain briefly „„institutional authority?
11. Explain Occupational crime?
CO4: APPRECIATE THE ETHICAL ISSUES AND KNOW THE CODE OF ETHICS
ADOPTED IN VARIOUS PROFESSIONAL BODY’S AND INDUSTRIES
Level-1: Remember
1. List the ill effects of E waste disposal on environment?
2. Define „computer ethics‟? List the issues in „computer ethics‟?
3. Name different types of problems in „computer ethics‟?
4. List the ethical problems by computers in workplace?
5. List the ethical features involved in computer crime?
Level-2: Understand
6. Describe briefly on code of ethics?
7. Write note on Industrial standards?
8. What are the duties of an engineer as an experimenter, in environmental ethics?
9. How the plastic waste disposals create havocs?
10. Discuss on Industrial waste disposal creating disasters on environment?
11.Explain „environmental ethics‟?

12.Explain human centred environmental ethics?
13. Explain the role of computers as instruments?
14. Explain the role of computers as object of Unethical Acts?
15.Explain the role of engineers as managers?
16.Explain code of Ethics followed in Institution of Engineers?
17.Explain code of Ethics followed in engineering council of India?
18.Explain code of Ethics followed in TATA group?
19.Explain code of Indian Institute of Materials Management?
CO 5: JUSTIFY THE NEED FOR PROTECTION OF HUMAN RIGHTS AND TO KNOW

ABOUT CONCEPT OF WOMEN EMPOWERMENT
Level-1: Remember
1. State various provisions under „human rights?
2. List the features of „international human rights?
3. State the provisions under professional rights?
4. State the features of the employee rights?
5. List the principles of conflict resolution?
6. List the ethical responsibilities of consulting engineers?
7. List the various Special Programs for Women's Development from government?
Level-2: Understand
8. Describe briefly „trademark‟?
9. Differentiate between „Patent‟ and „Trade secret‟?
10. Describe briefly „right of conscientious refusal‟?
11. Describe „right to due processes?
12. Describe „intellectual property rights?
13. Explain briefly the „copyright‟?
14. Explain briefly about patents?
15. Explain on the participation in professional societies? `
16. Explain the concept of women empowerment?
17. Explain woman and Development?
18. Explain Dowry Prohibition act 1961?
19. Explain POCSO act 2012?
20. Explain domestic violence act 2005?
21. Explain Sexual harassment at work place bill 2006?
CO6: KNOW THE SUCCESSFUL FUNCTIONING OF DEMOCRACY IN INDIA
Level-1: Remember
1. List the function and powers of parliament?
2. State the positions and powers of the Governor?
3. State the powers and Functions of the Chief Minister?
4. State the functions of Taluk panchayaths?
5. State the functions of Zilla panchayaths?
6. List the functions of urban local bodies?
7. State the powers of the president?
8. State the functions of the president?
9. State the powers and Functions of the prime minister?
Level-2: Understand
10. Describe briefly about Indian constitution?
11. Write about structure of Parliament?
12. What are the Procedure followed in parliament in making law?
13. Describe the role of gram panchayaths in community upliftment?
14. Describe the role of: a) Chairman b) Leader of the house c) Opposition leader in
Rajyasabha?
15. Describe importance of Judiciary?
16. Describe the Structure of state legislation
17. Describe the Jurisdiction of Supreme court,
18. Describe the Jurisdiction high court?
19. Explain theFormation & Composition of constituent assembly?
20. Explain preamble and its main objectives of Indian constitution?
21. Explain the fundamental Rights of Every citizen?
22. Explain the fundamental Duties of Every citizen?
23. Explain salient features of Indian constitution?
24. Explain the basic structure of Parliament?
25. Explain the composition of Lokasabha?
26. Explain the composition of Rajyasabha?
27. Explain the Directive principles of state policy?
28. Explain the Structure Of The Judiciary?
29. Explain the Powers of Rajya Sabha and Loksabha ?
30. Describe briefly about, Division of Powers- Union list, State list and concurrent list,
31. Explain the federalism in the Indian constitution ?
32. Explain the role of vice president?
33. Explain the role of State council of ministers?
34. Explain the functions of Zilla panchayaths?
35. Explain the formation and functions of Supreme Court?
36. Explain the formation and functions of state high Court?
37. Explain the formation and functions of subordinate courts?
38. Explain the formation of three tier system for local self government?

Course Title: HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATIC LAB
Course Code:
15ME45P
Credit :03
Prerequisites: Learning concepts of Hydraulics and Pneumatics
Course Objectives:
1. Exposure to the Hydraulics and field application of Fluid Power
Course Outcomes:
CL Linked Linked PO Teaching

Course Outcome Hrs
Exercise
Apply Bernoulli’s equations in flow 1

CO1 experiments to determine the U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10 06
coefficient of discharge
CO2 Determine hydraulic coefficients of 2
U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10 06
notches
Analyze, Variation in flow rates, 3
pressure changes, and minor and
major head losses for viscous flows U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10 06
CO3 through various diameter pipes.
CO4 Evaluate the performance of turbines 4,5,6

U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10 18
CO5 Evaluate the operation and 7,8
performance of different types of U/A 1,2,3,8,9,10 12
pumps
CO6 Create the various fluid power circuits 9,10,11,
for an Engineering application for 12,13,14
U/A 1,2,3,6,8,9,10 30
sustainable development in societal
and environmental contexts
TOTAL 78
HOURS

1. COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
HYDRAULICS 3 3 3 3 3 1 - 3 3 3
AND PNEUMATIC
LAB

experiments to be carried out.
Apprx.
Exer
Hrs.
Required
No.
A. HYDRAULICS
1 Determination of Coefficient of discharge of Venturimeter 06
2 Determination of hydraulic coefficients of Rectangular and V-Notch 06
and compare
3 Evaluate the major losses in pipes of varying diameter due to friction 06
and interpret their results
4 Interpret the performance characteristics for Pelton wheel 06
5 Evaluate the performance characteristics for Kaplan turbine 06
6 Analyzethe performance characteristics for Francis turbine. 06
7 Draw the performance characteristics for Centrifugal pump and 06
compare the same with reciprocating pump
8 Draw the performance characteristics for Reciprocating pump 06
B . PNEUMATICS
9 Control of actuators by simple hydraulic circuits. 06
10 Control of actuators by simple Pneumatic circuits. 09

11 Crate and Demonstration of meter in and meter out circuit. 06
12 Demonstration of sequencing circuit. 03
13 Demonstration of pneumatic circuit for speed control of double acting 03
cylinders.
14 Demonstration of pneumatic circuit for speed control of pneumatic 03
motor..
TOTAL 78

®
1.R.S.Khurmi, “Fluid Mechanics and Machinery”,S.Chand and Company, 2nd Edition,
2007.
2.Hydraulics& Pneumatics – Andrew Parr, Jaico Publishing House New Delhi.

one)
Teacher and HOD.
1 Ask the students to Study of a jet pump and submersible pump used in the fields
2 Take the students to Polytechnic machine shop; ask to observe the hydraulic circuit in
shaper machine. Make the sketch and analyze its operation
3 Take the students to nearby earthmoving equipment (JCB) servicing work shop; ask to
observe the hydraulic circuit installed in earthmoving equipment. Make the sketch and
analyze its operation
4 Study of trouble shooting procedures of various hydraulic and pneumatic circuits
5 Study and think an oil power circuit for an application beyond the syllabus and Draw
the circuit diagram , submit hand written report of 500 words
6 Study and think an pneumatic circuit for an application beyond the syllabus and Draw
the circuit diagram , submit hand written report of 500 words
Course Delivery:
1. Prepare/Download a dynamic animation to illustrate the following:
• Working principle of hydraulic pumps.
• Working principle of hydraulic valves and actuators.
• Working of different types of hydraulic devices (applications).
• Download the catalogue of Hydraulic devices.
• Download the catalogue of pneumatic devices.
2. The course will be delivered through Demonstration and Shop practices

Dimension
1 2 3 4 5 Score
Does not collect
topic

Normally
does the
assigned
work

speak much
to speak others


When/Where
To (Frequency Max Evidence Course
Method What
whom in the Marks collected outcomes
course)
Two Tests
(Average of
10 Blue books 1,2,3,4,5,6
two tests to
be computed)
DIRECT ASSESSMENT
CIE Record
IA
(Continuous Writing
Internal Tests (Average
10 Record Book 1,2,3,4,5,6
Evaluation) marks of each
Students
exercise to be
computed)
Activity 05 Report 1,2,3,4,5,6
TOTAL 25
SEE
(Semester End End of the Answer scripts
50 1,2,3,4,5,6
End Exam course at BTE
Examination)
1, 2,3
Student Feedback on Middle of the Feedback
Delivery of
course course forms
course
ASSESSMENT
1,2,3, 4,5,6
INDIRECT
Effectiveness
Students of Delivery
End of Course End of the of
Questionnaires
Survey course instructions
&
Assessment
Methods
Note:
1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
Assessment Methods

Writing procedure a)One experiment on Fluid

1 05+05=10
mechanics/Machines b)One experiment on Pneumatics
Conducting of Experiment a)One experiment on Fluid
2 mechanics/Machines(Group of Five)b) One experiment 10+10=20
on Pneumatics (Individual)
3 Calculation, results, Inference(Both experiments) 15+5=20
TOTAL 50
IV Semester Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
HYDRAULIC & PNEUMATICS LAB
1. Determine the Coefficient of discharge of a Venturi meter.

2. Draw the pneumatic circuit to control double acting cylinders by using 5/2 H.L.
Valve and Demonstrate.
EQUIPMENT LIST: Quantity: 01 Each

1. Bench mounted Test Rig for Venturi meter
2. Bench mounted Test Rig for Notches
3. Bench mounted Test Rig for Friction through pipes
4. Bench mounted Test Rig for Centrifugal Pumps
5. Bench mounted Test Rig for Reciprocating Pumps
6. Bench mounted Test Rig for Kaplan Turbines
7. Bench mounted Test Rig for Francis Turbines
8. Bench mounted Test Rig for Pelton Wheel
9. Pneumatics Trainer Kit with all standard accessories.
10. Oil power hydraulics Trainer Kit with all standard accessories.

Course Title: MACHINE SHOP
Course Code:
15ME46P
Credit :03
Prerequisites: Theoretical concepts Machine tool Technology
Course Objectives:
1. To understand Constructional features of basic machine tools

2. To know the various Metal cutting operations and Machine tool parameters
Course Outcomes:
CL Linked Linked Teaching

Course Outcome Shops PO Hrs
Acquire skill on working of general

1,2,3,4,5,6
purpose machine tools and on various U/A - 24
,7,8,10
CO1 manufacturing processes.
Turning
Create model by demonstrating 1,2,3,4,5,6
U/A models 12
various turning operation ,7,8,10
CO2 exercises
Drilling,
Develop a model by demonstrating grinding 1,2,3,4,5,6
U/A 12
various drilling and grinding operation model ,7,8,10
CO3 exercises
Shaper
U/A models 24
various shaping operation ,7,8,10
CO4 exercises
CO5 Milling
U/A models 06
various Milling operation ,7,8,10
exercises
Total 78
sessions


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MACHINE SHOP 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3

COURSE CONTENT
Unit
Hour
No Unit Name
1 TURNING PRACTICE 24
2 DRILLING PRACTICE 12
3 SHAPING PRACTICE 12
4 MILLING PRACTICE 24
5 GRINDING PRACTICE 06
Total 78
UNITI: TURNING PRACTICE 24Hrs
Demonstration and detailed explanation of Machine tools (Ordinary lathe/capstan/Turret

Lathe) and work holding devices used-Description and specification of Cutting tools required
for creating model–Various Turning operations performed in Machine shop-Safety practices
to be observed-Clean the machine after operation
Hands on Experience
1. Turning practice on mild steel specimen to an accuracy of ± 0.25 mm.
2. Preparing at least ONE model involving the following operations. Plain Turning,
Step Turning, Taper Turning, Knurling, Thread cutting
UNTII: DRILLING PRACTICE 12Hrs
Demonstration and detailed explanation of Machine tools (Radial drilling Machine) and work
holding devices used-Description and specification of Cutting tools required for creating

model–Various Drilling operations performed in Machine shop-Safety practices to be
observed-Clean the machine after operation
Hands on Experience
1. Preparation of ONE model with two or three different sizes holes for different
materials at different locations
UNITIII: SHAPING PRACTICE 12Hrs
Demonstration and detailed explanation of Machine tools (Shaper) and work holding devices
used-Description and specification of Cutting tools required for creating model–Various
Shaping operations performed in Machine shop-Safety practices to be observed-Clean the
machine after operation
Hands on Experience
1. Preparation of ONE model with Shaping step block cut dovetail to angles 60
UNITIV: MILLING PRACTICE 24 Hrs
Demonstration and detailed explanation of Machine tools (MILLING MACHINE) and work
holding devices used-Selection and specification of Cutting tools required for creating
model–Various Milling operations performed in Machine shop-Safety practices to be
observed-Clean the machine after operation
Hands on Experience
1. Preparation of ONE model Milling-square-hexagon, Spur gear teeth, Key way from
round bars with indexing and without indexing
UNITV: GRINDING PRACTICE 06Hrs
Demonstration and detailed explanation of Machine tools (Grinding) and work holding
devices used-Selection and specification of Grinding wheels required for creating model–The
grinding operations performed in Machine shop-Safety practices to be observed-Clean the
machine after operation
Observe on Experience
1. The Grinding Single point cutting tool for required angle

one)
Instructor and Foreman with an intimation to HOD
1 Take the students for local Machine shop observe the Machining practices followed in the
industry and submit an hand written report of 500 words
2 Ask the students to observe the Various machining operations carried out in a sample

component and submit an hand written report of 500 words
3 Take the students for industrial visit for a nearby MSME; observe the safety practices
followed and Study Various operational activities. and submit an hand written report of
500 words
Course Delivery:

the course)
CIE IA Students Activities 10 Blue Book 2,3,4.5
Direct Assessment
Record – 15 Graded 2,3,4,5

Average marks exercises
of graded
exercises to be
computed
meth
SEE End End of the 50 Answer scripts 1,2,3,4,5

Exam course at BTE
Student Feedback Students Middle of the Feedback forms 1,2,3 Delivery
on course course of course
End of Course End of the Questionnaires 1,2,3,4,5
Assessment
of Delivery of
Indirect
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
Note: 1. The activity related exercises shall be evaluated as per the Rubrics developed by the
concerned department related to the course.
2. The course related graded exercises to be evaluated as per performance mentioned in
SEE scheme of evaluation.
semester
1. Blue books ( Activity for 10 marks)
Assessment Methods.

Note: Any one model in any one practice
1 Listing of tools & operations required for 05

performing job
2 Marking of job 05
3 Operation performed 15
4 Dimensional accuracy of job 15
5 Finishing of job 10
TOTAL 50

EQUIPMENT LIST:
1. Turret and Capstan Lathes 01
2. Horizontal Milling Machine 01
3. Vertical Milling Machine 01
4. Surface Grinding Machine 01
5. Cylindrical Grinding Machine 01
6. Shaper 02
7. Planner 01
8. Radial Drilling Machine 01
9. Power tools-Drilling
10. Power tools-grinding
11. Power tools-polishing
12. Cordless screw driver
GENERAL INSTRUCTION IN WORK SHOP

1. Every student should obtain a set of instruction sheets entitled manufacturing
processes Laboratory.
2. For reasons of safety, every student must come to the laboratory in shoes. it is unsafe
for the students to come to the laboratory wearing garments with parts that that hang
about loosely. Students should preferably Use half-sleeve shirts. The Students should
also ensure that floor around the machine is clear and dry (not oily) to avoid slipping.
3. An apron will be issued to each student. Students not wearing an apron will not be
permitted to the work in the laboratory.
4. Instruments and tools will be issued from the tool room. Every student must produce
his identity card for the purpose. Tools, etc. must be returned to the tool room on the
same day.
5. The student should take the permission of the Lab Staff / Tutor before handling any
machine.
6. The student should not lean on the machine when it is working.
7. Power to the machines will be put off 10 minutes before the end of laboratory session
to allow the students to return the tools.
8. Students are required to clear off the chips from the machine and lubricate the guides
etc. at the end of the session.
9. Laboratory reports should be submitted on blue Book.
10. Blue Book will not be returned to the students.

MODELS FOR PRACTICE IN WORK SHOP
UNIT I: TURNING PRACTIC -24 Hrs
(NOTE: INDIVIDUAL MODEL)
1. To make the part shown in the sketch from a mild steel rod on a Lathe
EQUIPMENT: List all tools and instruments used.

OUTLINE OF PROCEDURE
Hold the bar in a three jaw chuck and face the end with a right hand facing tool. Make central
hole with a center drill. Repeat these' operations for the other end of the bar. Replace the
chuck by a dog plate (Center plate) and hold the job in a carrier between centers. Turn the bar
to the required diameter with rough cuts. Face the steps and finishes the diameters to the
required sizes. Machine the roots and the groove with form tools. Machine the taper with the
help of the cross-slide swiveling arrangement. Knurl the required surface. Cut the threads.
OBSERVATIONS
(a) Measure all dimensions (up to second decimal place) on the specimen turned by your
group. Make a neat sketch and indicate all measured dimensions.
(b) Discuss briefly how tapered portion was turned.
(c) Show the calculation of the required gear ratio for thread cutting.
(d) Sketch the main drive unit of 'the- lathe and show how the speed steps are obtained.
UNTII: DRILLING PRACTICE -12Hrs

(NOTE: INDIVIDUAL MODEL)
UNTII: DRILLING PRACTICE 12Hrs
2. To drill, file, as shown in the sketch, out of the work piece provided and tap holes on
the mild steel plate.)

OBJECTIVE: To study the characteristic features of Drilling machine.
i) Run the machine at low speed and observe the motions, which control the shapes of the
surfaces produced. Note particularly the features, which control the geometrical form
of the surface.
ji) Learn the names of the major units and the components of each machine. Record these
details (Table A). (Please ensure that the main isolator switch is off and check that the
machine cannot be inadvertently started. Do not remove guards). Use the
manufacture's handbook for details that cannot be inspected.
jii) Record the obtainable speed and feed values
iv) Note down the special features of the speed and feed control on each machine,
v) Pay attention to the following:

a, Size specification of various machine tools,
b, Machine tool structures and guide ways I slide ways.
c. Drive mechanism for primary (cutting) motion,
d. Drive mechanism for secondary (feed) motion.

UNIT III: SHAPING PRACTICE -12Hrs
(NOTE:ONE MODEL FOR GROUP OF 05 STUDENTS)
3. To machine a V-block as shown in the sketch out of the work piece provided.
OBJECTIVE: To study the characteristic features of Shaper.
i) Run the machine at low speed and observe the motions, which control the shapes of the
surfaces produced. Note particularly the features, which control the geometrical form
of the surface.
ii) Learn the names of the major units and the components of each machine. (Please ensure
that the main isolator switch is off and check that the machine cannot be inadvertently
started. Do not remove guards). Use the manufacture's handbook for details that
cannot be inspected.
iii} Record the obtainable speed and feed values
iv) Note down the special features of the speed and feed control on each machine.
v) Pay attention to the following:
a. Size specification of various machine tools.
b. Machine tool structures and guide ways I slide ways.
c. Drive mechanism for primary (cutting) motion.
d. Drive mechanism for secondary (feed) motion.
OBJECTIVE: To Machine V-Block
EQUIPMENT
List all tools and instruments used.
Hold the work piece in a vice and machine the bottom surface shown in the sketch. Invert the
casting in the vice and machine the top surface till the desired height is obtained. Machine the
inclined faces using right and left hand tools. Finally machine the groove.
OBSERVATIONS
(a) Measure all dimensions (up to second decimal place) on he specimen machined by your
(b) Calculate the machining time for the bottom surface of the specimen.
(c) Explain -the quick return mechanism.

(d) Explain the use of clapper box on the machine.
UNIT IV:MILLING PRACTICE -24 Hrs
(NOTE:ONE MODEL FOR GROUP OF 05 STUDENTS)

4. To machine the hexagonal head and the slot shown in the sketch on the specimen,
EQUIPMENT: List all tools / cutters and instruments used.
Fit the helical cutter on the arbor and the specimen between the centers of the dividing head
and the tail center. Carefully adjust the work piece so that the cutter just touches the top
surface of the specimen. Calculate the necessary depth of cut and then mill the six faces of
the hexagonal head in succession. Change the cutter and mill the rectangular slot. Cut at least
2 Spur gear teeth on round rod by using milling gear teeth cutter.
OBSERVATIONS
(a) Measure all dimensions (up to second decimal place) on the specimen milled by your
(b) Explain in brief how the required indexing was obtained with the dividing head.
(c) Explain up-milling and down-milling operations. Which one did you use for slot
milling and why?
(d) Explain the advantages of using a helical milling cutter.

MODEL QUESTIONS FOR FINAL EXAM
COURSE TITTLE: MACHINE SHOP
TIME: 3 HOURS MARKS:50

Course Title: C PROGRAMMING LAB
Course
Code:15ME47P
Credit :03
Prerequisites: Knowledge of computer operation.
Course Objectives:
1. Apply the specification of syntax rules for numerical constants and variables, data
types,
2. Usage of Arithmetic operator, Conditional operator, logical operator and relational
operators and other C constructs.
3. Write C programs using decision making, branching, looping constructs
4. Apply and Write C programs to implement one dimensional and two dimensional
arrays
5. Writing programs using functions
Course Outcome:

CL Linked Linked Teaching
Course Outcome Exercise PO Hrs
Acquire logical thinking, Implement 1 to 10
the algorithms and analyze their
U/A 1,2,3,5,10 69
complexity, Identify the correct and
CO1
efficient ways of solving problems
Implement real time applications 11,12,13
using the power of C language 1,2,3,4,5,1
U/A 09
features. 0
CO2
Total sessions 78
1. COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MACHINE SHOP 3 3 3 1 3 - - - - 3


TUTORIAL SESSION ACTIVITES
Introduction to C programming- Need for a computer language, types of computer languages,
features of C, Character set- Structure of C program., keywords, statements, standard library
functions, pre-processor, main function, comments, variables, data types, operators,
assignments, strings, format specifies, escape sequences, control structures-sequential,
conditional, repetitive/looping, arrays-one & two dimensions, user defined functions

experiments to be carried out
Apprx.
Exer
Hrs.
Required
No.
C PROGRAMMING
1 Introduction to C programming (Lecture and demo).And 04+05
Write C programme to convert the temperature in degree Celsius to
degree Fahrenheit.
2 To find the sum and average of 3 real numbers. 01+02
3 To find the sum of even and odd numbers from 1 to N. 01+02
4 To find the sum of digits of a number. 01+02
5 To reverse the given integer and check whether it is a palindrome or not 02+04
6 To find the roots of a quadratic equation using switch statement. 03+06
7 To arrange N numbers in ascending order using Bubble sort technique 03+06
8 To perform addition of two matrices. 03+06
9 To perform a multiplication of two matrices after checking the 03+06
compatibility for multiplication.
10 To find the largest of 3 numbers using functions (functions with 03+06
arguments and return value)
11 To find the distance travelled by a vehicle, given it’s initial velocity ‘u’, 01+02
acceleration ‘a’ and time ‘t’ [ S = ut + 1/2at2]
12 To find out Clearance volume of an Engine, given its bore diameter, 01+02
Length of stroke and Compression ratio
13 To find the power transmitted by shaft by inputting the value speed and 01+02
torque transmitted
TOTAL 78Hrs
Note: For the above exercises, first the flowchart should be developed and then the programs
should be written and executed.

® Concepts in C- Balaguruswamy

one)
Teacher and HOD.
1 Ask the students to take the simple problems in Hydraulics , develop a C Programme
2 Ask the students to take the simple problems in Strength of Materials , develop a C
Programme
3 Ask the students to take the simple problems in Thermal engineering, develop a C
Programme
Course Delivery:
The course will be delivered through lectures and presentations

the course)
CIE IA Students Student 10 Activities sheet 1,2
Assessment
Activities
Record – 15 Graded 1,2
Average marks exercises
of graded
exercises to be
computed
Direct
meth
End of the 50 Answer scripts 1,2

course at BTE
Student Feedback Students Middle of the Feedback forms 1 Delivery of
on course course course
End of Course End of the Questionnaires 1,2
Assessment
of Delivery of
Indirect
instructions &
Assessment
Methods

Note:


Dimension
Score
2 4 6 8 10
Does not collect
topic

Normally
does the
assigned
work

speak much
to speak others

semester
Assessment Methods.

1 Writing Programme 20
2 Execution 20
4 Viva 10

TOTAL 50
EQUIPMENT LIST: Quantity: 01 Each
1. Latest Configuration Computers -20 no

2. C software
3. LCD Projector

C-PROGRAMMING LAB
1. Write C programme for Finding the power transmitted by shaft by inputting the value
speed and torque.
Writing Programme 20
Execution 20
Viva 10
TOTAL 50
MODEL QUESTION BANK

C-PROGRAMMING LAB
1 Write C programme to convert the temperature in degree Celsius to
degree Fahrenheit.
2 To find the sum and average of 3 real numbers.
3 To find the sum of even and odd numbers from 1 to N.
4 To find the sum of digits of a number.
5 To reverse the given integer and check whether it is a palindrome or not
6 To find the roots of a quadratic equation using switch statement.
7 To arrange N numbers in ascending order using Bubble sort technique
8 To perform addition of two matrices.
9 To perform a multiplication of two matrices after checking the
compatibility for multiplication.
10 To find the largest of 3 numbers using functions (functions with
arguments and return value)
11 To find the distance travelled by a vehicle, given it’s initial velocity ‘u’,
acceleration ‘a’ and time ‘t’ [ S = ut + 1/2at2]
12 To find out Clearance volume of an Engine, given its bore diameter,
Length of stroke and Compression ratio
13 To find the power transmitted by shaft by inputting the value speed and
torque transmitted

4£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï-PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-2 (PÀ£ÀßqÉÃvÀgÀjUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ)
Course: Course Code:15KA4NT

4th Kannada Kali-2 (2016-17)
Semester No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching
hours/week:02
No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26
Mode of Assessment and Evaluation: Maximum Marks: 50
Semester End Examination (SEE only)
(SEE)only. No CIE. Minimum Passing marks:20
GzÉÝÃ±À:
1. PÉÃ¼ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ, UÀæ»¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ, ¤gÀUÀð¼ÀªÁV ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀàµÀÖªÁV NzÀÄªÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄªÀ (C©üªÀåQÛ¸ÀÄªÀ)

¸ÁªÀÄxÀåðªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
2. eÁÕ£Ádð£É, ¸Á»vÁå©ügÀÄa, aAvÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ D£ÀAzÀPÁÌV ¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV NzÀ®Ä, §gÉAiÀÄ®Ä ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä
¸ÀªÀÄxÀðgÁUÀÄªÀAvÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
3. ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÛ£ÀÄß ºÉaÑ¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀàµÀÖ GZÁÑgÀuÉAiÉÆqÀ£É °TvÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiËTPÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀiÁr¹,
¸ÀévÀAvÀæªÁV ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §¼ÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
4. £ÁqÀÄ-£ÀÄr, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸Á»vÀåUÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DwäAiÀÄ ¨sÁªÁ©üªÀiÁ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß ¨É¼É¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
5. QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ½AzÀ ¨sÁµÁ PË±À®åzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ªÀiÁr¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ./PÀ°¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
(QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉ JAzÀgÉ, ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, ªÁåPÀgÀtzÀ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀjZÀAiÀÄ, UÀÄtÂvÁPÀëgÀ,
¸ÀAAiÀÄÄPÁÛPÀëgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁªÀÄ¥ÀzÀ, °AUÀ, ªÀZÀ£À, ¥ÀævÀåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É (PÀvÀÈ, PÀªÀÄð, QæAiÀiÁ¥ÀzÀ) EvÁå¢).
Course outcome:
¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¨sÁµÁ PË±À®å

(PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-¥ÀoÀå¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ -²æÃ °AUÀzÉÃªÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉÃªÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦ ¥ÀæPÁ±À£À)
¨sÁUÀ-2
¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï
PÀæªÀiÁAPÀ ¥ÀoÀåªÀ¸ÀÄÛ«£À «ªÀgÀ - Curriculum Content ¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£À DªÀ¢ü
Lesson Total
No no.of
Classes
/Sem
Part-I
11 Plan to go for a movie. Comparative, non-past 02
tense, instrumental and ablative case
12 Conversation between Doctor & Patient. 02
Potential forms, accusative case.
13 Enquiring about friend’s family 02

Past tense –d, and –t- and –id-, negation.
14 Conversation between friends – Past tense –k – T – D 02
and –id-v negation verbal noun
15 Routine activities of a Student. 01
16 About children’s education. 02
Continuous, Perfect tenses and negations.
17 Halebidu - Belur 02
Relative participle, negation and Participle nouns.
18 Discussing about Examination and future plan- 03
conditional and negative conditions.
19 Karnataka (Lesson for reading)(reading skill) 03
20 bEku bEDagaLu (Lesson for reading ( Reading skill) 03
Part- Kannada Scripts 03
II
ECA-word/sentence formation/letter/small essay 01
writing
¸ÀÆZÀ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ:
 ªÉÄÃ°£À ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À ¥ÀÄ£ÀgÁªÀwðvÀ ¨sÁUÀUÀ½UÉ §zÀ¯ÁV “QæAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉ”¬ÄAzÀ UÀ½¸ÀÄªÀ CPÀëgÀ eÁÕ£À
¢AzÀ ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ ºÉaÑ¹, ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É ªÀiÁr¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ. (CªÀÄä, ªÉÆ¨ÉÊ¯ï, PÀ£ÀßqÀ
¨sÁµÉ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, £ÁlPÀ, d£À¥ÀzÀ PÀ¯É, £Ár£À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÀåQÛUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀºÉÆÃzÀgÀ, ¸ÉßÃ»vÀ, vÀgÀPÁj, zÉÆÃ¸É,
wAr, ¤zÉÝ, ©¹, ZÀ½, DPÁ±À, NzÀÄ, EvÁå¢ ¤vÀå §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀzÀUÀ½AzÀ ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ 25-
50 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À QgÀÄ ¥Àæ§AzÀ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ ¯ÉÃR£À gÀZÀ£É).
 ¸ÀA¸ÉÜAiÀÄ ¥ÁæZÁAiÀÄðjUÉ «zÁåyðAiÀÄ ªÀÄ£À« ¥ÀvÀæ, PÀÄAzÀÄPÉÆgÀvÉUÀ¼À §UÉÎ ¸ÀA§A¢ü¹zÀªÀjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ,
¸ÉßÃ»vÀjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀgÀ¼ÀªÁV AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ¸ÁªÀiÁ£Àå «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À §UÉÎ ¥ÀvÀæ¯ÉÃR£À. (6-10 ªÁPÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ).
DPÀgÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:
1. PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°-²æÃ °AUÀzÉÃªÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉÃªÀÄ£É – PÀ£ÀßqÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ºÀA¦.
2. ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯ÉAiÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
3. ¸ÀgÀ¼À PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ- JA.« £ÁUÀgÁdgÁªï/EvÀgÉ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ.
4. ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ ¥Àætw-¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ¦AiÀÄÄ¹ ¥ÀÆgÀPÀ ¥ÀoÀå.
5. ¸ÀgÀ¼À ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀzÀ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï CAwªÀÄ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀjµÀ× CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:50
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words.
2. Rewrite as directed.
3. Combine the following sentences.
4. Translate into Kannada.
5. Answer the following questions.
6. Fill in the blanks using the correct past tense forms of the verbs giving in the bracket.

7. Transform into negative.
8. Substitute and complete the sentence
9. Vocabulary (meanings of words) using formation of sentences (any five).
10. Questions from lessons 17 to 19. (Out of 6 questions, answer any 3 questions).
11. Scripts- consonants form- +vowel (10 types)
12. Conversation & other questions. (KK-Exercises)
ªÀiÁzÀj ¥Àæ±Éß¥ÀwæPÉ:
¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï CAwªÀÄ °TvÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉë

¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ UÀjµÀ× CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ:50
I. (a) Fill in the blank using the correct past tense forms of the verbs given in the
bracket. 3+2 =05
1.CªÀgÀÄ ¤£Éß Hj¤AzÀ .............. (¨Á)
2. CªÀ¼ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉtÄÚ ªÀÄUÀÄ ......................... (ºÉgÀÄ)
3.£Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÁV vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ................ (PÁAiÀÄÄ)
(b) Fill in the blank using the correct verbal participle forms of the verbs given in
the bracket.
1.D ºÀÄqÀÄV ªÀÄ£É ................................ ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ. (©qÀÄ)
2. CªÀ£ÀÄ EªÀvÀÛ Hj¤AzÀ..............£Á¼É §gÀÄvÁÛ£É. (ºÉÆgÀqÀÄ)
II. Give the negative forms of the following sentence. (Any Five) 1X5=05
C) ¤ÃªÀÅ ¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ PÉÆr.
D) ¤ÃªÀÅ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉÃzÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
E) CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ZÉ£ÁßV UÉÆvÀÄÛ.
F) CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀgÀÄ.
G) CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ¨ÁaPÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.
H) CªÀ¤UÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ.
J) gÀ« ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄ®VvÁð£É.
III. Translate into KANNADA. (Any Five) 2X5=10
1) Who will come with you?

2) Today Ms. Kamala will go to her native place.
3) You must drink butter milk daily.
4) Please, don’t talk to me.
5) How much advance money did you pay for the hostel?
6) How many of you are learning Kannada seriously?
7) If I get good marks in diploma, I will get admission for BE program.
8) At what time today you will be available in the hostel?.
IV. Vocabulary.
(a) Write English equivalents of the Kannada words. (Any five) 1X5=05
1. DUÀ¸À 2. ±ÉÊ° 3. C£ÀÄªÀiÁ£À 4.¥ÀjÃPÉë 5.eÁw 6.£ÉÊ¸ÀVðPÀ 7.ªÀÄvÀ 8. ªÁtÂdå
(b) Write Kannada equivalents of the English words. (Any five) 1X5=05
1. Wealth 2. Religion 3. Memory 4.fear 5.Environment 6. Primary 7. Mistakes 8. Tall
VI. Conversation:
F PÉ¼ÀV£À C¥ÀÆtð ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DªÀgÀtzÀ°è (bracket) ¤ÃrgÀÄªÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥ÀÆwð

ªÀiÁr. -05
gÁdÄ: ¤£ÀUÉ ¤£Éß ªÉÆÃºÀ£ï ¹PÀÌ£Á?

gÁªÀÄÄ: ............................. negative) ¤£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÌ£Á?
gÁdÄ ..................... (Positive) ºËzÀÄ, ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀÄªÀÅzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀÄwÛÃ¤ CAvÀ ºÉÃ½zÀ.
gÁªÀÄÄ: ................. (Enquiring about meeting him)
gÁdÄ: CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ©lÖ£ÀAvÉ.
gÁªÀÄÄ: ................................... (Questioning)
gÁdÄ: ....................................(Answer).
VII.Transform the following sentences as per direction. (Any Five) 1X5=05
1. ªÀÄPÀÌ¼ÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è Dl CqÁÛ (into present continuous) EzÀÝªÀÅ.

2. ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀÄªÀÄä£ É (into present continuous) £ÀUÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
3. D ºÉAUÀ¸ÀgÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÁÝgÉ. (into past continuous)
4. vÀgÀPÁj PÀrªÉÄ ¨É¯ÉUÉ ¹UÁÛ EzÉ. (into past continuous)
5. CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á E°èUÉ §vÁð£É. (into habitual)
6. E°è §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á NqÁqÀÛ (into habitual) EªÉ.
7. DAzsÀæ¥ÀæzÉÃ±À¢AzÀ §A¢zÀÝ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èzÁÝgÉ?(into present perfect)
VIII.Write the Kannada alphabet in the traditional order. 05
OR
ºÀ¼ÉÃ©ÃqÀÄ ¨ÉÃ®Æj¤AzÀ JµÀÄÖ zÀÆgÀzÀ°èzÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ AiÀiÁªÀ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ°èzÉ? E°è£À zÉÃªÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ K£ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
IX. Combine the following: (Any One) 1X1=01

(A) 1) ªÀÄ£É + EAzÀ =
2) ªÀiï + O =
(B) Combine the following sentence using verbal participle form. (Any One) 1X1=01
C) ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ.

ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ¸ÀPÀð¸ï £ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÄ.
D) £Á£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ.
£Á£ÀÄ JA.J. N¢zÉ.
(B) Frame meaningful small sentences with using words given given below:(Any Three) -1X3=03.
C) ªÀÄgÀ D) ¥sÀ® E) HgÀÄ F) ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï G) EªÀgÀÄ H) ªÀÄ£É J) ±Á¯É
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ¸À«Äw

2. ²æÃ n. wªÀÄä¥Àà, G¥À£Áå¸ÀPÀgÀÄ(DAiÉÄÌ ±ÉæÃtÂ), AiÀiÁAwæPÀ «¨sÁUÀ, ¸ÀPÁðj ¥Á°mÉQßPï,
vÀÄªÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ.

2. ¥ÉÆæ. (qÁ.) C±ÉÆÃPï PÀÄªÀiÁgï gÀAdgÉ, ¥ÁæzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ, ¥Àæ¸ÁgÁAUÀ «¨sÁUÀ,

SEMESTER: III COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
Department
COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam End exam Maximum Minimum
Teaching
duration marks marks passing.
in Hrs (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-1 KA 15KA3NT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA3KT 2 - - 2 2 - - - 50 20
KANNADA -1
Note: 1. Candidates studied Kannada as one subject in 10th standard shall take Tantrika Kannada 1 &2. Others may take “Kannada Kali-1&2”.
2. In 3rd Semester- Assessment is only by CIE and no SEE. Average marks of three I A tests shall be rounded off to the next higher digit. Rubrics to
be devised appropriately to assess student activity.

SEMESTER: IV COMMON TO ALL DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES C-15 Curriculum
Department
COURSE NAME TH TU PR TOTAL Credit Exam Sem End Exam Maximum Minimum
Teaching

duration Exam Passing passing.
in Hrs Marks Marks (IA+SA ) (IA + SA)
THEORY
1 KANNADA KALI-2 KA 15KA4NT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
2 TANTRIKA KA 15KA4KT 2 - - 2 2 2 50 20 - -
KANNADA -2
Note: In 4th Semester- Assessment is only by SEE and no CIE. To award diploma certificate, passing in Kannada course is mandatory. However
Kannada course is not included in the eligibility criteria for promotion to the higher semester.
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët ¤zÉðÃ±À£Á®AiÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ r¥ÉÆèªÀiÁ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ Page 1

r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁ-vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ-2 ( PÀ£ÀßqÀ §®èªÀjUÁV)
4£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï - vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -2 ( ¸Á»vÀå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨sÁµÁ PË±À®å ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃUÀ)

¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ
Course: Course Code:15KA4KT
vÁAwæPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ -2 (2016-17)
4th Semester No. of Credits:02 No. of teaching hours/week:02
No. of teaching
hours/Semester:26
Mode of Assessment and Maximum Marks: 50

Evaluation: (SEE only)
Semester End Examination Minimum Passing marks:20
(SEE)only. No CIE.
¥ÀoÀå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥ÀoÀåzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ/¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÄ/¥ÀæPÀluÉ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï

¨ÉÆÃzsÀ£ÁªÀ¢ü
UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
PÁªÀå ªÀÄAdj-(§zÀÄPÀÄ 1 (PÁªÀå UÀÄZÀÒUÀ¼ÀÄ) 02
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁ£ÀªÀvÉ) (1) £À£Àß ºÀtvÉ-qÁ:f.J¸ï.J¸ï.
(2) ªÀÄAPÀÄ wªÀÄä£À PÀUÀÎ-r.«.f
¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw 2 C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgï£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀQëuÉ-ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉÃ±À CAiÀÄåAUÁgï 02

¥Àj¸ÀgÀ/¸ÁºÀ¸À 3 ªÉÊ£Ár£À £ÀgÀ¨sÀPÀëPÀgÀÄ - ¥ÀÆtðZÀAzÀæ vÉÃd¹é 02
QæÃqÉ/PÀ¯É 4 f.Dgï.«±Àé£Áxï-qÁ: PÉ.¥ÀÄlÖ¸Áé«Ä 02
vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À 5 ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À-MAzÀÄ ¸ÀÆÜ® £ÉÆÃl-f.J£ï.£ÀgÀ¹ABªÀÄÆwð 02

AiÀÄ±ÉÆÃUÁxÉ/ªÀåQÛavÀæt 6 qÁ:«±ÉéÃ±ÀégÀAiÀÄå-ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ LwºÀå - J.J£ï.ªÀÄÆwðgÁªï 02
¨sÁµÁ PË±À®å- 7 °TvÀ C©üªÀåQÛ: ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼À gÀZÀ£É-ªÁåSÉå: ¥ÀvÀæzÀ ¨sÁµÉ, ±ÉÊ°, £ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ 06
ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ (1) ªÉÊAiÀÄQÛPÀ ¥ÀvÀæ (¥ÀæªÁ¸À/PÉÆÃjPÉ.(ªÀÄ£À«/DwäAiÀÄjUÉ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ)..)
(2) ¥ÀvÀæ ªÀåªÀºÁgÀ (ªÁtÂdå ¸ÀA¸ÉÜUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀ/¥ÀævÀÄåvÀÛgÀ ¥ÀqÉAiÀÄÄªÀ,
¨ÁåAPïUÀ½UÉ/¸ÀPÁðj PÀZÉÃjUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ....)-ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ
(3) C¨sÀåxÀð£À ¥ÀvÀæ (ºÀÄzÉÝUÉ Cfð) -1-2 £ÀªÀÄÆ£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ-4-5 ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ¼ÀÄ
(4) NzÀÄUÀgÀ «¨sÁUÀPÉÌ ¥ÀwæPÁ ¸ÀA¥ÁzÀPÀjUÉ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ 1 £ÀªÀÄÆ£É-3-4
«µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥ÀvÀæ §gÉ¸ÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
8 ¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛ ¯ÉÃR£À (¸ÁgÁA±À ¯ÉÃR£À) 02
9 ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ> ZÀZÁð ¸ÀàzsÉð/PÀÆl-¨sÁµÀt-D±ÀÄ¨sÁµÀt -PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ 06
¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÀÄªÀÅzÀÄ.
MlÄÖ CªÀ¢ü 26 UÀAmÉUÀ¼ÀÄ

r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁ 4£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï (PÀ£ÀßqÀ§®è «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)
¥Àj«r
¨sÁUÀ-1
PÁªÀå UÀÄZÀÒ
1. £À£Àß ºÀtvÉ-qÁ:f.J¸ï.²ªÀgÀÄzÀæ¥Àà
2. ªÀÄAPÀÄwªÀÄä£À PÀUÀÎ-r«f
UÀzÀå ¸Á»vÀå
3. C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgÀ£À UÀÄgÀÄzÀQëuÉ (¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw-PÀvÉ)-²æÃ¤ªÁ¸À (ªÀiÁ¹Û)
4. ªÉÊ£Ár£À £ÀgÀ¨sÀPÀëPÀgÀÄ (¥Àj¸ÀgÀ-¸ÁºÀ¸À)-PÉ.¦.¥ÀÆ.vÉÃdì¹é
5. °lè¯ï ªÀiÁ¸ÀÖgï (QæÃqÉ/PÀ¯É)-qÁ.PÉ.¥ÀÄlÖ¸Áé«Ä
6. ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£À-f.J£ï.£ÀgÀ¹AºÀªÀÄÆwð
7. qÁ:«±ÉéÃ±ÀégÀAiÀÄå-ªÀåQÛ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ LwºÀå-J.J£ï.ªÀÄÆwðgÁªï
¨sÁUÀ-2 -¨sÁµÁ PË±À®å ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ
(1)§gÀºÀ gÀÆ¥ÀzÀ ¸ÀAªÀºÀ£À PÀ£ÀßqÀ-C©üªÀåQÛAiÀÄ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥À

O¥ÀZÁjPÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£Ë¥ÀZÁjPÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ
(C) ¥ÀvÀæªÀåªÀºÁgÀ-ªÁåSÉå- «ªÀgÀuÉ
(D) ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼À ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ
1. ªÁtÂdå ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ-ªÁåSÉå, PÉ®ªÀÅ «zsÀUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
2. SÁ¸ÀV/ªÉÊAiÀÄQÛPÀ ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ
3. ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ½UÉ §gÉAiÀÄÄªÀ (NzÀÄUÀgÀ)¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ
4. C¨sÀåxÀð£À ¥ÀvÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ
(2) ¸ÁgÁA±À ¯ÉÃR£À: ªÁåSÉå, GzÉÝÃ ±À, «zsÁ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.
3 . ªÀiËTPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ(vÀgÀUÀw ZÀlÄªÀnPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ)
1. «µÀAiÀiÁvÀäPÀ ¨sÁµÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ
2. D±ÀÄ¨sÁµÀt (gÀZÀ£ÁvÀäPÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ)
3. ZÀZÉð ( «ZÁgÀ «¤ªÀÄAiÀÄ/¥ÀgÀ-«gÀÄzÀÞ ªÁzÀ ªÀÄAqÀ£É)
4. ¤gÀÆ¥ÀuÉ

Course outcome:
r¥ÉÆèÃªÀiÁ £Á®Ì£ÉÃ ¸É«Ä¸ÀÖgï (PÀ£ÀßqÀ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ)
¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄ: 2.00 UÀAmÉ CAPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ: 50
I. PÉ¼ÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ LzÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ 1-2 ¥ÀÆtð ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À°è GvÀÛj¹. 1X5=05

(1) ªÀiÁ»w vÀAvÀæeÁÕ£ÀzÀ ªÀiÁ»wAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÀµÀÖUÉÆ½¸ÀÄªÀ C¤µÀÖ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ?
(2) ¢ªÁ£ï ¥ÀzÀ« §AzÁUÀ ¸Àgï.JA.«±ÉéÃ±ÀégÀAiÀÄå£ÀªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä vÁ¬ÄUÉ ºÉÃ½zÀ ªÀiÁvÉÃ£ÀÄ?
(3) Cj¸ÁÖl¯ï AiÀiÁgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀgÀÄ C¯ÉPÁìAqÀgÀ¤UÉ K£ÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ?
(4) ¸ÀÄvÉÆÛÃ¯É CxÀªÀ ¥Àj¥ÀvÀæ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ?
(5) ¦ü¤Pïì JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ?
(6) ‘SÉqÁØ’ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ?
(7) ¤gÀÆ¥ÀPÀgÉAzÀgÉ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
II. PÉ¼ÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ ¸ÀAQë¥ÀÛªÁV GvÀÛj¹. 5X3=15
(1) PÀ« “ºÀtvÉ ºÀZÀÄÑvÉÛÃ£É £Á£ÀÄ’ JAzÀÄ KPÉ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄvÁÛgÉ?

(2) QèAiÀiÁAvÀ¸À£À ¸ÁªÀÅ
(3) PÁPÀ£ÀPÉÆÃmÉ PÁqÀÄ ºÉÃVzÉ?
(4) CAvÀgÀeÁ®zÀ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀUÀ¼ÀÄ.
(5) C£Ë¥ÀZÁjPÀ C©üªÀåQÛ JAzÀgÉÃ£ÀÄ w½¹.
(6) ZÀZÉð – ªÁåSÉå ªÀÄvÀÄÛ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀzÀ §UÉÎ §gÉ¬Äj.
III . F PÉ¼ÀV£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÃ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ «ªÀgÀuÁvÀäPÀ GvÀÛgÀ §gÉ¬Äj. 10X3=30

(C) ºÀÄ¯ÁèUÀÄ ¨ÉlÖzÀr...... PÀUÀÎzÀ°è ªÀÄ£ÀÄµÀå K£ÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ¯ÉAiÉÆAzÀÄ
¸Á»vÀå PÀ¯ÉAiÉÆAzÀÄ....” PÀUÀÎzÀ°è PÀ« EªÉ®è ªÀÄ£ÀÄµÀå¤UÉ KPÉ ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ ºÉÃ¼ÀÄvÁÛgÉ?
(D) CtÚ£À£ÀÄß PÁ¥ÁqÀ®Ä AiÉÄÃUÀ ªÀiÁrzÀ ¸ÁºÀ¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß «ªÀj¹.
(CxÀªÀ)
CwAiÀiÁzÀ £ÀUÀjÃPÀgÀtPÁÌV PÁqÀÄUÀ¼À £Á±À¢AzÀ ¥Àj¸ÀgÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯ÁUÀÄªÀ ¥ÀjuÁªÀÄUÀ¼À
§UÉÎ §gÉ¬Äj.
(E) ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¯ÉÃf¤AzÀ ºÉÆÃV§AzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸ÀzÀ C£ÀÄ¨sÀªÀ PÀÄjvÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä UÉ¼ÉAiÀÄjUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ §gÉ¬Äj.
(F) PÉ¼ÀV£À «µÀAiÀÄªÀ£ÀÄß MAzÀÄ ¸ÀÆPÀÛ ²Ã¶ðPÉ ¸À»vÀ 30 ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À «ÄwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAPÉëÃ¥ÀUÉÆ½¹.
¤Ã¯ÁA§gÀ ¢éÃ¥À. EzÉÆAzÀÄ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ ¢éÃ¥À. ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ ¸ÀéUÀð¸ÀªÀiÁ£À ¢éÃ¥À. F ¢éÃ¥À »AzÀÆ
ªÀÄºÁ¸ÁUÀgÀzÀ zÀQëtQÌgÀÄªÀ DgÀÄ ¢éÃ¥À ¸ÀªÀÄÆºÀzÀ°è ªÀÄzsÀåzÀ°è ºÀÄtÂÚªÉÄ ZÀAzÀæ£ÀAvÉ PÀAUÉÆ½¸ÀÄwÛgÀÄªÀ zÉÆqÀØ
¢éÃ¥À. F ¢éÃ¥À MAzÀÄ ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è ºÀ¹gÀÄ ZÁzÀgÀ ºÁ¹zÀAvÉ ¸ÀªÀÄvÀmÁÖzÀ ºÀÄ®ÄèUÁªÀ®Ä. E£ÉÆßAzÀÄÀ ¥ÀPÀÌ
§UÉ§UÉAiÀÄ ºÀtÄÚUÀ¼À ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ºÀÆªÀÅUÀ¼À VqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CrPÉ, ªÀiÁªÀÅ, ªÉÄt¸ÀÄ, K®QÌ, ®ªÀAUÀzÀAvÀºÀ VqÀ-
ªÀÄgÀUÀ½AzÀ PÀÆrzÉ.F ¢éÃ¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄzsÉå QjÃlzÀAvÉ £ÀªÀÄä GzÀPÀªÀÄAqÀ®zÀAwgÀÄªÀ ºÀ¹j£À ¨ÉlÖ. ¤¸ÀUÀðzÀvÀÛ
ºÀÆªÀÅUÀ¼À VqÀUÀ½AzÀ ¥ÀÄµÉÆÖÃzÁå£ÀzÀAwzÉ. ¥ÀæPÀÈwAiÉÄÃ ¤«Äð¹gÀÄªÀ w½¤Ãj£À ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ PÉÆ¼À F ¨ÉlÖzÀ

DPÀµÀðuÉAiÀiÁVzÉ. »ÃUÁV F ¢éÃ¥À ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀjUÉ C¥ÁgÀ DPÀµÀðPÀ vÁtªÁVzÉ. E°è£À d£À ¸ÀºÀ
¸Ëd£Àå²Ã®gÀÄ. ¸ÀÈ¶×AiÀÄ ±ÀÈAUÁgÀªÀ£Éß®è M¼ÀUÉÆAqÀ F ¢éÃ¥ÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå PÀ¸ÀÄ§Ä PÀÈ¶, vÉÆÃlUÁjPÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
¥ÀæªÁ¸ÉÆÃzÀåªÁVgÀÄªÀÅzÀjAzÀ, EzÉÆAzÀÄ ²æÃªÀÄAvÀ ¢éÃ¥ÀªÁVzÉ.
********
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀoÀåPÀæªÀÄ gÀZÀ£Á ºÁUÀÄ ¥ÀoÀå¥ÀÄ¸ÀÛPÀ ¸À«Äw



ME C-15 3 and 4

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ME C-15 3 and 4

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ME C-15 3 and 4

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Government of Karnataka

Department of Technical Education

Course Title: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Prerequisites: Knowledge of basic mathematics and Science.

1. The subject is pre-requisite for understanding principles of Machine design.

Understand and distinguish the

Assess Bending and shear stresses in

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

Course Programme Outcomes

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.

COURSE CONTENT AND BLUE PRINT OF MARKS FOR SEE

Legend: R; Remember, U: Understand A: Application

UNITI: SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS 14 Hrs

UNITII: MOMENT OF INERTIA 10Hrs

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

UNTIII: SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT DIAGRAMS 12Hrs

UNIT IV:THEORY OF SIMPLEBENDING 07Hrs

Introduction, assumptions in theory of simple bending.-Bending stress, relation between

UNIT V: STRAIN ENERGY AND IMPACT LOADING 03Hrs

Introduction -Strain Energy-Types of loading-Sudden, Gradual & Impact Load-resilience,

UNIT VI: TORSION OF CIRCULAR SHAFT 06Hrs

Introductionto Torsion , Angle of Twist , Polar Moment of Inertia , Torsion equation-

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

LIST OF SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES

SUGGESTED LIST OF STUDENT ACTIVITYS

1 Calculate Moment of Inertia of Fly Wheel of engine present in your laboratory

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

RUBRICS FOR ACTIVITY( 5 Marks)

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary Student

Rarely does Usually does Always does

Usually does Talks good;

Average / Total marks=(4+5+3+2)/4=14/4=3.5=4

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Ex: I test/6 th weak of III SEM Strength of Materials

Name of Course coordinator : Units:1, Co: 1,2,3.9

Note: Answer all questions

1 Explain linear and lateral strain 3 MARKS 1 1,2,

2 A bar of 30mm diameter is subjected to an axial pull of 80KN. The A 1 1,2,

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

A bar of steel 1m long 50mm wide and 10mm thickness is subjected

MODEL QUESTION PAPER (SEE)

(Answer any 6 questions from part A and Any 7 from Part B)

PART-A(Each questions carries 5 marks)

PART-B(Each questions carries 10 marks)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

MODEL QUESTION BANK

CO I:Understand and distinguish the behavior of simple load carrying members

LEVEL: REMEMBER QUESTIONS

1. Define Poisson’s ratio and Modulus of Rigidity

LEVEL: UNDERSTANDING QUESTIONS

4. Explain linear and lateral strain

LEVEL: APPLICATION QUESTIONS

8. Relate between elastic constants

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T

14.The following data pertains to a tension test conducted in laboratory:

i. Diameter of the specimen = 15mm

19.The following data pertains to a tension test conducted in laboratory:

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka StateMECH 15ME31T